TWI587485B - Semiconductor device - Google Patents
Semiconductor device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI587485B TWI587485B TW105119952A TW105119952A TWI587485B TW I587485 B TWI587485 B TW I587485B TW 105119952 A TW105119952 A TW 105119952A TW 105119952 A TW105119952 A TW 105119952A TW I587485 B TWI587485 B TW I587485B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- active region
- region
- plug
- layer wiring
- wiring
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims description 61
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 426
- 101100046504 Symbiobacterium thermophilum (strain T / IAM 14863) tnaA2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 82
- 101100046502 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) TNA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 81
- 101150002976 ACP1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 61
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 43
- 101100054570 Caenorhabditis elegans acn-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 36
- -1 TND1 Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 31
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 24
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 16
- 101100046503 Symbiobacterium thermophilum (strain T / IAM 14863) tnaA1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000007687 exposure technique Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 11
- 101100099988 Arabidopsis thaliana TPD1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 101100352918 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) PTC1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 101100161168 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) TPD3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 101000982628 Homo sapiens Prolyl 3-hydroxylase OGFOD1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100026942 Prolyl 3-hydroxylase OGFOD1 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005468 ion implantation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910001925 ruthenium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N ruthenium(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[Ru]=O WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000449 hafnium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium(4+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Hf+4] WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10B—ELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
- H10B10/00—Static random access memory [SRAM] devices
- H10B10/18—Peripheral circuit regions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10B—ELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
- H10B10/00—Static random access memory [SRAM] devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F30/00—Computer-aided design [CAD]
- G06F30/30—Circuit design
- G06F30/39—Circuit design at the physical level
- G06F30/392—Floor-planning or layout, e.g. partitioning or placement
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C11/00—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor
- G11C11/21—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using electric elements
- G11C11/34—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using electric elements using semiconductor devices
- G11C11/40—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using electric elements using semiconductor devices using transistors
- G11C11/41—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using electric elements using semiconductor devices using transistors forming static cells with positive feedback, i.e. cells not needing refreshing or charge regeneration, e.g. bistable multivibrator or Schmitt trigger
- G11C11/412—Digital stores characterised by the use of particular electric or magnetic storage elements; Storage elements therefor using electric elements using semiconductor devices using transistors forming static cells with positive feedback, i.e. cells not needing refreshing or charge regeneration, e.g. bistable multivibrator or Schmitt trigger using field-effect transistors only
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/52—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames
- H01L23/522—Arrangements for conducting electric current within the device in operation from one component to another, i.e. interconnections, e.g. wires, lead frames including external interconnections consisting of a multilayer structure of conductive and insulating layers inseparably formed on the semiconductor body
- H01L23/528—Geometry or layout of the interconnection structure
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/02—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers
- H01L27/0203—Particular design considerations for integrated circuits
- H01L27/0207—Geometrical layout of the components, e.g. computer aided design; custom LSI, semi-custom LSI, standard cell technique
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/02—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers
- H01L27/04—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body
- H01L27/08—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind
- H01L27/085—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only
- H01L27/088—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only the components being field-effect transistors with insulated gate
- H01L27/092—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only the components being field-effect transistors with insulated gate complementary MIS field-effect transistors
- H01L27/0928—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being a semiconductor body including only semiconductor components of a single kind including field-effect components only the components being field-effect transistors with insulated gate complementary MIS field-effect transistors comprising both N- and P- wells in the substrate, e.g. twin-tub
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10B—ELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
- H10B10/00—Static random access memory [SRAM] devices
- H10B10/12—Static random access memory [SRAM] devices comprising a MOSFET load element
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10B—ELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
- H10B99/00—Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Geometry (AREA)
- Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
- Architecture (AREA)
- Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
- Metal-Oxide And Bipolar Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
Description
本發明是有關半導體裝置,特別是有關有效適用於具有SRAM的半導體裝置的技術。 The present invention relates to semiconductor devices, and more particularly to techniques for effectively applying to semiconductor devices having SRAMs.
SRAM(Static Random Access Memory,靜態隨機存取記憶體)是半導體記憶體的一種,利用正反器(flip-flop)來記憶資料。亦即,在SRAM中是在以4個電晶體所構成的2個交叉連接的反相器(inverter)儲存資料(“1”或“0”)。並且,為了讀出及寫入存取而需要2個的電晶體,因此典型的SRAM是記憶格為6個的電晶體所構成。 SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) is a type of semiconductor memory that uses a flip-flop to store data. That is, in the SRAM, data ("1" or "0") is stored in two cross-connected inverters composed of four transistors. Further, since two transistors are required for reading and writing access, a typical SRAM is a transistor having six memory cells.
例如,在下述專利文獻1(日本特開2001-28401號公報)是揭示:具有由6個電晶體所構成的靜態RAM的記憶格之半導體記憶裝置(圖1)。 For example, Patent Document 1 (JP-A-2001-28401) discloses a semiconductor memory device (FIG. 1) having a memory cell of a static RAM composed of six transistors.
並且,在下述專利文獻2(日本特開2002-237539號公報)是揭示:將NMOS電晶體(N1,N4)形成於一方的P阱區域(PW0)內,將NMOS電晶體(N2,N3)形 成於隔著N阱區域(NW)的另一方的P阱區域(PW1)內的SRAM記憶格(參照圖32),藉此謀求軟錯誤(soft error)耐性的提升。 In the following Patent Document 2 (JP-A-2002-237539), it is disclosed that an NMOS transistor (N1, N4) is formed in one P well region (PW0), and an NMOS transistor (N2, N3) is used. shape The SRAM memory cell (see FIG. 32) in the other P well region (PW1) of the N well region (NW) is formed to improve the soft error resistance.
並且,在下述專利文獻3(日本特開平7-7089號公報)是揭示:將分割後的2個驅動器NMOS(電晶體的區域N1’,N1”,N2’,及N2”)配置於各個P阱上的SRAM記憶格(參照圖5),藉此進行軟錯誤對策。而且,在此SRAM單元中,字元線存取‧電晶體(NA1)及(NB1)的閘極方向是成為與驅動器NMOS(電晶體的區域N1’,N1”,N2’,及N2”)的閘極方向正交的方向。 In the following Patent Document 3 (Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 7-7089), it is disclosed that two divided driver NMOSs (regions N1', N1', N2', and N2" of the transistor) are disposed in each P. The SRAM memory cell on the well (see Fig. 5) is used to perform soft error countermeasures. Moreover, in this SRAM cell, the gate direction of the word line access ‧ transistors (NA1) and (NB1) becomes the driver NMOS (regions N1', N1', N2', and N2" of the transistor) The direction of the gate is orthogonal to the direction.
並且,在下述專利文獻4(日本特開2002-43441號公報)是揭示SRAM記憶格,其係具有:被形成於第1P阱區域(PW1),將多晶矽配線層(PL11)的主軸設為閘極電極的N通道形MOS電晶體(N1),及將多晶矽配線層(PL11)的折返軸設為閘極電極的N通道形MOS電晶體(N1’)(參照圖1,圖2,[0062]段落)。 In the following Patent Document 4 (JP-A-2002-43441), a SRAM memory cell is disclosed which is formed in a first P-well region (PW1) and has a main axis of a polysilicon wiring layer (PL11) as a gate. An N-channel MOS transistor (N1) of a pole electrode, and an N-channel MOS transistor (N1') in which a turn-back axis of the polysilicon wiring layer (PL11) is a gate electrode (refer to FIG. 1, FIG. 2, [0062] ]paragraph).
並且,在下述專利文獻5(特開2000-36543號公報)是記載一SRAM記憶格,其係於SRAM記憶格的佈局中,2條的字元線(21a,21b)會分別在p型能動區域(13)的兩端附近正交,彼此平行配線,其長度是形成1/2位元程度短,且共通閘極線(22a,22b)是在字元線(21a,21b)間,對p型能動區域(13),n型能動區域(14)的雙方正交,與字元線(21a,21b)一同以能夠成為等間隔的方式彼此平行配線(參照圖4)。另外,括弧 內是表示各文獻記載的符號,圖號等。 Further, in the following Patent Document 5 (Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-36543), a SRAM memory cell is described, which is in the layout of the SRAM memory cell, and two word lines (21a, 21b) are respectively activated in the p-type. The ends of the region (13) are orthogonal to each other and are parallel to each other, and the length thereof is formed to be 1/2 bit short, and the common gate lines (22a, 22b) are between the word lines (21a, 21b). The p-type active region (13) and the n-type active region (14) are orthogonal to each other, and are lined up in parallel with the word lines (21a, 21b) so as to be equally spaced (see FIG. 4). In addition, brackets The symbols are shown in the respective documents, the figure numbers, and the like.
〔專利文獻1〕 [Patent Document 1]
日本特開2001-28401號公報 Japanese Special Report 2001-28401
〔專利文獻2〕 [Patent Document 2]
日本特開2002-237539號公報 Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-237539
〔專利文獻3〕 [Patent Document 3]
日本特開平7-7089號公報 Japanese Special Report No. 7-7089
〔專利文獻4〕 [Patent Document 4]
日本特開2002-43441號公報 Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-43441
〔專利文獻5〕 [Patent Document 5]
日本特開2000-36543號公報 Japanese Special Publication No. 2000-36543
例如上述專利文獻1(圖1等)所記載般,SRAM記憶格是成為複雜的圖案構成,隨著近年來半導體裝置的微細化,例如發生閘極寬的偏差等的元件特性的偏差的增加,或記憶體特性的模擬困難等的問題。 For example, as described in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 (FIG. 1 and the like), the SRAM memory cell has a complicated pattern structure, and as the semiconductor device is miniaturized in recent years, for example, variation in variation in device characteristics such as variation in gate width occurs. Or problems such as difficulty in simulating memory characteristics.
如隨後詳細說明般,上述元件特性的偏差是起因於活性區域的形狀或閘極電極的形狀等。 As will be described later in detail, the variation in the above-described element characteristics is caused by the shape of the active region, the shape of the gate electrode, and the like.
於是,最好使活性區域的形狀或閘極電極的形狀最適 化,藉此謀求元件特性的控制性的提升或模擬的容易性。 Therefore, it is preferable to optimize the shape of the active region or the shape of the gate electrode. In order to improve the controllability of the component characteristics or the ease of simulation.
本發明的目的是在於提供特性良好的半導體裝置。特別是具有SRAM記憶格的半導體裝置,提供可謀求其特性的提升的單元佈局。 It is an object of the invention to provide a semiconductor device having good characteristics. In particular, a semiconductor device having an SRAM memory cell provides a cell layout in which the characteristics can be improved.
本發明的上述目的及其他的目的以及新穎的特徴是可由本案說明書的記載及附圖得知。 The above and other objects and novel features of the present invention will become apparent from the description and appended claims.
在本案中所揭示的發明之中,代表性的實施形態所示的半導體裝置是具備具有以下的(a1)~(a8)的記憶格。 In the invention disclosed in the present invention, the semiconductor device shown in the representative embodiment has a memory cell having the following (a1) to (a8).
(a1)是在第1電位與第1節點之間所被連接的第1導電型第1MIS電晶體。 (a1) is a first conductivity type first MIS transistor that is connected between the first potential and the first node.
(a2)是在第1節點與和第1電位相異的第2電位之間所被連接的第2導電型第1MIS電晶體。 (a2) is a second conductivity type first MIS transistor that is connected between the first node and the second potential different from the first potential.
(a3)是在第1節點與前述第2電位之間,與第2導電型第1MIS電晶體並聯的第2導電型第2MIS電晶體。 (a3) is a second conductivity type second MIS transistor in parallel with the second conductivity type first MIS transistor between the first node and the second potential.
(a4)是在第1電位與第2節點之間所被連接的第1導電型第2MIS電晶體。 (a4) is a first conductivity type second MIS transistor that is connected between the first potential and the second node.
(a5)是在第2節點與第2電位之間所被連接的第2導電型第3MIS電晶體。 (a5) is a second conductivity type third MIS transistor that is connected between the second node and the second potential.
(a6)是在第2節點與第2電位之間,與第2導電型第3MIS電晶體並聯的第2導電型第4MIS電晶體。 (a6) is a second conductivity type fourth MIS transistor in parallel with the second conductivity type third MIS transistor between the second node and the second potential.
(a7)是在第1節點與第1位元線之間所被連接的第 2導電型第5MIS電晶體。 (a7) is the number that is connected between the first node and the first bit line 2 Conductive type 5 MIS transistor.
(a8)是在第2節點與第2位元線之間所被連接的第2導電型第6MIS電晶體。 (a8) is a second conductivity type sixth MIS transistor that is connected between the second node and the second bit line.
而且,具有以下的(b1)~(b4)的活性區域。 Further, it has the following active regions (b1) to (b4).
(b1)是配置有第2導電型第1MIS電晶體及第2導電型第5MIS電晶體之一體的第1活性區域。 (b1) is a first active region in which one of the second conductivity type first MIS transistor and the second conductivity type fifth MIS transistor is disposed.
(b2)是第1活性區域與活性區域的圖案會被分離,配置有第2導電型第2MIS電晶體的第2活性區域。 (b2) is a pattern in which the pattern of the first active region and the active region is separated, and the second active region of the second conductivity type second MIS transistor is disposed.
(b3)是配置有第2導電型第3MIS電晶體及第2導電型第6MIS電晶體之一體的第3活性區域。 (b3) is a third active region in which one of the second conductivity type third MIS transistor and the second conductivity type sixth MIS transistor is disposed.
(b4)是第3活性區域與活性區域的圖案會被分離,配置有第2導電型第4電晶體的第4活性區域。 (b4) The pattern of the third active region and the active region is separated, and the fourth active region of the second conductivity type fourth transistor is disposed.
又,第1乃至第4活性區域係被配置成彼此分離排列於第1方向。 Further, the first to fourth active regions are arranged to be arranged apart from each other in the first direction.
在第1活性區域上,第1閘極配線會被配置成延伸於第1方向。 In the first active region, the first gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction.
在第1活性區域及第2活性區域上,第2閘極配線會被配置成延伸於第1方向。 In the first active region and the second active region, the second gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction.
在第3活性區域上,第3閘極配線會被配置成延伸於第1方向。 In the third active region, the third gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction.
在第3活性區域及第4活性區域上,第4閘極配線會被配置成延伸於第1方向。 In the third active region and the fourth active region, the fourth gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction.
在本案中所揭示的發明之中,代表性的其他實施形態所示的半導體裝置是具有上述(a1)~(a8)。而且,上 述半導體裝置是具有(b1)及(b2)的活性區域。(b1)是配置有上述第1電晶體,上述第4電晶體及上述第5電晶體之一體的第1活性區域。(b2)是配置有上述第3電晶體,上述第2電晶體及上述第6電晶體之一體的第2活性區域。有關上述活性區域是(c)上述第1及第2活性區域會被配置成排列於第1方向。而且,(d1)是在上述第1活性區域上,第1閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向,(d2)在上述第1活性區域及上述第2活性區域上,第2閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向。並且,(d3)在上述第1活性區域及上述第2活性區域上,第3閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向,(d4)在上述第2活性區域上,第4閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向。 In the invention disclosed in the present invention, the semiconductor device shown in another representative embodiment has the above (a1) to (a8). And, on The semiconductor device is an active region having (b1) and (b2). (b1) is a first active region in which the first transistor, the fourth transistor, and the fifth transistor are disposed. (b2) is a second active region in which the third transistor, the second transistor, and the sixth transistor are disposed. The active region is (c) the first and second active regions are arranged to be arranged in the first direction. Further, (d1), in the first active region, the first gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction, and (d2) is in the first active region and the second active region, and the second gate The pole wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction described above. Further, (d3) in the first active region and the second active region, the third gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction, and (d4) the fourth gate is in the second active region. The wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction described above.
在本案中所揭示的發明之中,代表性的其他實施形態所示的半導體裝置是具有上述(a1)~(a8)。而且,上述半導體裝置是具有(b1)及(b2)的活性區域。(b1)是配置有上述第1電晶體,上述第4電晶體及上述第5電晶體之一體的第1活性區域。(b2)是配置有上述第3電晶體,上述第2電晶體及上述第6電晶體之一體的第2活性區域。有關上述活性區域是(c)上述第1活性區域及第2活性區域會被配置排列於第1方向。而且,(d1)在上述第1活性區域上,第1閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向,(d2)在上述第1活性區域及上述第2活性區域上,第2閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向。 並且,(d3)在上述第1活性區域及上述第2活性區域上,第3閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向,(d4)在上述第1活性區域上,第4閘極配線會被配置成延伸於上述第1方向。 In the invention disclosed in the present invention, the semiconductor device shown in another representative embodiment has the above (a1) to (a8). Further, the above semiconductor device is an active region having (b1) and (b2). (b1) is a first active region in which the first transistor, the fourth transistor, and the fifth transistor are disposed. (b2) is a second active region in which the third transistor, the second transistor, and the sixth transistor are disposed. The active region is (c) the first active region and the second active region are arranged in the first direction. Further, (d1) in the first active region, the first gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction, and (d2) is in the first active region and the second active region, and the second gate The wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction described above. Further, (d3) in the first active region and the second active region, the third gate wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction, and (d4) the fourth gate is on the first active region. The wiring is arranged to extend in the first direction described above.
在本案所揭示的發明中,若根據以下所示的代表性的實施形態所示的半導體裝置,則可使其特性提升。 In the invention disclosed in the present invention, the characteristics can be improved by the semiconductor device shown in the representative embodiment described below.
1‧‧‧半導體基板 1‧‧‧Semiconductor substrate
Ac‧‧‧活性區域 Ac‧‧‧active area
AcN1‧‧‧活性區域 AcN1‧‧‧active area
AcN2‧‧‧活性區域 AcN2‧‧‧active area
AcN3‧‧‧活性區域 AcN3‧‧‧active area
AcN4‧‧‧活性區域 AcN4‧‧‧active area
AcP1‧‧‧活性區域 AcP1‧‧‧active area
AcP2‧‧‧活性區域 AcP2‧‧‧active area
AcP3‧‧‧活性區域 AcP3‧‧‧active area
AcP4‧‧‧活性區域 AcP4‧‧‧active area
AN‧‧‧活性區域 AN‧‧‧active area
AP1,AP2‧‧‧活性區域 AP1, AP2‧‧‧active area
A,B‧‧‧蓄積節點 A, B‧‧‧ accumulation node
AcS‧‧‧活性區域 AcS‧‧ active area
BL,/BL‧‧‧位元線 BL, /BL‧‧‧ bit line
BLA,/BLA‧‧‧位元線 BLA, /BLA‧‧‧ bit line
BLB,/BLB‧‧‧位元線 BLB, /BLB‧‧‧ bit line
DG‧‧‧虛擬閘極電極 DG‧‧‧Virtual Gate Electrode
EX1‧‧‧低濃度雜質區域 EX1‧‧‧ low concentration impurity area
EX2‧‧‧高濃度雜質區域 EX2‧‧‧High concentration impurity area
F‧‧‧記憶格 F‧‧‧ memory
F’‧‧‧連接單元 F’‧‧‧ Connection unit
G(G1~G4,G2a,G2b,G4a,G4b)‧‧‧閘極電極 G (G1~G4, G2a, G2b, G4a, G4b) ‧‧ ‧ gate electrode
GO‧‧‧閘極絕緣膜 GO‧‧‧gate insulating film
IL1‧‧‧層間絕緣膜 IL1‧‧‧ interlayer insulating film
IL2‧‧‧層間絕緣膜 IL2‧‧‧ interlayer insulating film
IL3‧‧‧層間絕緣膜 IL3‧‧‧ interlayer insulating film
M1(M1S,M1D,M1W,M1BL)‧‧‧第1層配線 M1 (M1S, M1D, M1W, M1BL) ‧‧‧1st wiring
M2‧‧‧第2層配線 M2‧‧‧2nd layer wiring
M2W‧‧‧第2層配線 M2W‧‧‧2nd layer wiring
M3‧‧‧第3層配線 M3‧‧‧3rd layer wiring
N-well‧‧‧n型阱 N-well‧‧n-type trap
P1(P1a~P1o,P1A~P1Z)‧‧‧第1插塞 P1 (P1a~P1o, P1A~P1Z) ‧‧‧1st plug
P2‧‧‧第2插塞 P2‧‧‧2nd plug
P3‧‧‧第3插塞 P3‧‧‧3rd plug
P-well‧‧‧p型阱 P-well‧‧‧p-type well
SP1‧‧‧共用第1插塞 SP1‧‧‧Shared 1st plug
STI‧‧‧元件分離區域 STI‧‧‧ component separation area
SW‧‧‧側壁 SW‧‧‧ side wall
Sp‧‧‧分離部 Sp‧‧‧Separation Department
TNA1‧‧‧存取電晶體(電晶體) TNA1‧‧‧ access transistor (transistor)
TNA2‧‧‧存取電晶體(電晶體) TNA2‧‧‧ access transistor (transistor)
TNA3‧‧‧存取電晶體(電晶體) TNA3‧‧‧ access transistor (transistor)
TNA4‧‧‧存取電晶體(電晶體) TNA4‧‧‧ access transistor (transistor)
TND1‧‧‧驅動器電晶體(電晶體) TND1‧‧‧ drive transistor (transistor)
TND2‧‧‧驅動器電晶體(電晶體) TND2‧‧‧ drive transistor (transistor)
TND3‧‧‧驅動器電晶體(電晶體) TND3‧‧‧Driver Transistor (Crystal)
TND4‧‧‧驅動器電晶體(電晶體) TND4‧‧‧Driver Transistor (Crystal)
TP1‧‧‧載入電晶體(電晶體) TP1‧‧‧ loaded into the transistor (transistor)
TP2‧‧‧載入電晶體(電晶體) TP2‧‧‧ loaded into the transistor (transistor)
VDD‧‧‧電源電位 VDD‧‧‧ power supply potential
LVDD‧‧‧電源電位線 LVDD‧‧‧Power potential line
VSS‧‧‧接地電位 VSS‧‧‧ Ground potential
LVSS‧‧‧接地電位線 LVSS‧‧‧Ground potential line
LVSSB‧‧‧第2接地電位線 LVSSB‧‧‧2nd ground potential line
WL‧‧‧字元線 WL‧‧‧ character line
WLA‧‧‧字元線 WLA‧‧ character line
WLB‧‧‧字元線 WLB‧‧‧ character line
圖1是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。 Fig. 1 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖2是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 2 is a plan view showing a configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖3是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view showing a configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖4是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 4 is a plan view showing a configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖5是對應於實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 5 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor corresponding to the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖6是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖7是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖8是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖9是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖10是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖11是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。 Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖12是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格陣列的概念的平面圖。 Fig. 12 is a plan view showing the concept of a memory cell array of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖13是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格陣列的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 13 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell array of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖14是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格陣列的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 14 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell array of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖15是概念性地表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格陣列中的連接單元區域的位置的平面圖。 Fig. 15 is a plan view conceptually showing the position of a connection unit region in the memory cell array of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖16是表示實施形態1的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 16 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖17是表示實施形態1的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 17 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖18是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格及連接單元形成區域的概念的平面圖。 Fig. 18 is a plan view showing the concept of a memory cell and a connection unit forming region of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖19是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格及連接單元形成區域的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 19 is a plan view showing a configuration of a memory cell and a connection unit forming region of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖20是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格及連接單元形成區域的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 20 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell and a connection unit forming region of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖21是表示實施形態2的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 21 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the second embodiment.
圖22是表示實施形態2的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 22 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the second embodiment.
圖23是表示實施形態3的SRAM的連接單元的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 23 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit of the SRAM of the third embodiment.
圖24是表示實施形態3的SRAM的連接單元的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 24 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit of the SRAM of the third embodiment.
圖25是表示實施形態3的SRAM的記憶格的電路圖。 Fig. 25 is a circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the third embodiment.
圖26是表示實施形態4的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 26 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fourth embodiment.
圖27是表示實施形態4的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 27 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fourth embodiment.
圖28是表示實施形態4的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 28 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fourth embodiment.
圖29是對應於實施形態4的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 29 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the fourth embodiment.
圖30是表示實施形態5的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 30 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fifth embodiment.
圖31是表示實施形態5的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 31 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fifth embodiment.
圖32是表示實施形態5的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 32 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the fifth embodiment.
圖33是對應於實施形態5的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 33 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the fifth embodiment.
圖34是表示實施形態6的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 34 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the sixth embodiment.
圖35是表示實施形態6的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 35 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the sixth embodiment.
圖36是表示實施形態6的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 36 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the sixth embodiment.
圖37是對應於實施形態6的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 37 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the sixth embodiment.
圖38是表示實施形態7的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 38 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖39是表示實施形態7的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 39 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖40是表示實施形態7的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 40 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖41是對應於實施形態7的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 41 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖42是表示實施形態7的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 42 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖43是表示實施形態7的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 43 is a plan view showing the configuration of a connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the seventh embodiment.
圖44是表示實施形態8的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 44 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eighth embodiment.
圖45是表示實施形態8的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 45 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eighth embodiment.
圖46是表示實施形態8的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 46 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eighth embodiment.
圖47是對應於實施形態8的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 47 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the eighth embodiment.
圖48是表示實施形態9的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。 Fig. 48 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the ninth embodiment.
圖49是表示實施形態9的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 49 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the ninth embodiment.
圖50是表示實施形態9的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 50 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the ninth embodiment.
圖51是表示實施形態9的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 51 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the ninth embodiment.
圖52是對應於實施形態9的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 52 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the ninth embodiment.
圖53是表示實施形態10的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Figure 53 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the tenth embodiment.
圖54是表示實施形態10的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 54 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the tenth embodiment.
圖55是表示實施形態10的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 55 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the tenth embodiment.
圖56是對應於實施形態10的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 56 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the tenth embodiment.
圖57是表示實施形態11的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。 57 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the eleventh embodiment.
圖58是表示實施形態11的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Figure 58 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eleventh embodiment.
圖59是表示實施形態11的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Figure 59 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eleventh embodiment.
圖60是表示實施形態11的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。 Fig. 60 is a plan view showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the eleventh embodiment.
圖61是對應於實施形態11的SRAM的記憶格的佈局來配置電晶體的電路圖。 Fig. 61 is a circuit diagram showing a configuration of a transistor in accordance with the layout of the memory cell of the SRAM of the eleventh embodiment.
圖62是表示實施形態12的半導體晶片的佈局構成的圖。 Figure 62 is a diagram showing the layout of a semiconductor wafer in a twelfth embodiment.
圖63是表示實施形態1的SRAM的記憶格的一部分的構成例的平面圖。 63 is a plan view showing a configuration example of a part of a memory cell of the SRAM of the first embodiment.
圖64是表示比較例的SRAM的記憶格的平面圖。 Fig. 64 is a plan view showing the memory cell of the SRAM of the comparative example.
圖65是表示比較例的SRAM的記憶格的一部分的平面圖。 Fig. 65 is a plan view showing a part of a memory cell of an SRAM of a comparative example.
在以下的實施形態中,基於方便起見有必要時,分割成複數的部分或實施形態來說明,但除了特別明示時以外,該等不是彼此無關者,一方是另一方的一部分或全部 的變形例,應用例,詳細說明,補足說明等的關係。並且,在以下的實施形態中,提及要素的數量等(包含個數,數值,量,範圍等)時,除了特別明示時及原理上明顯被限定於特定的數量時等以外,並非是被限定於該特定的數量,亦可為特定的數量以上或以下。 In the following embodiments, the description will be made by dividing into plural parts or embodiments for the sake of convenience. However, unless otherwise specified, the ones are not related to each other, and one of them is a part or all of the other. Modifications, application examples, detailed descriptions, and supplementary explanations. In addition, in the following embodiments, the number of elements (including the number, the numerical value, the quantity, the range, and the like) is not limited to the specific number and the like when it is specifically limited and the principle is obviously limited to a specific number. It is limited to the specific quantity, and may be more than a certain amount or less.
而且,在以下的實施形態中,其構成要素(亦包含要素步驟等)是除了特別明示時及原理上明顯為必須時等以外,並非一定為必須者。同樣,在以下的實施形態中,提及構成要素等的形狀,位置關係等時,除了特別明示時及原理上明顯非如此時等以外,包含實質上近似或類似其形狀等者等。這在有關上述數量等(包含個數,數值,量,範圍等)也同樣。 Further, in the following embodiments, the constituent elements (including the element steps and the like) are not necessarily essential unless otherwise specified and essential in principle. Similarly, in the following embodiments, when the shape, the positional relationship, and the like of the constituent elements and the like are mentioned, the substantially similar or similar shapes and the like are included, unless otherwise specified. This is also true for the above-mentioned quantities (including numbers, values, quantities, ranges, etc.).
以下,根據圖面來詳細說明本發明的實施形態。另外,在用以說明實施形態的全圖中,對具有同一機能的構件附上同一或關聯的符號,其重複的說明省略。並且,存在有複數個類似的構件(部位)時,有時對總稱的符號追加記號顯示個別或特定的部位。而且,在以下的實施形態中,除了特別必要時以外,原則上不重複同一或同樣的部分的說明。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail based on the drawings. In the entire drawings for explaining the embodiments, the same or related symbols are attached to members having the same function, and the repeated description thereof is omitted. Further, when there are a plurality of similar members (parts), an individual or a specific portion may be added to the generalized symbol. Further, in the following embodiments, the description of the same or similar parts will not be repeated in principle unless otherwise specified.
並且,在實施形態所使用的圖面中,即使是剖面圖也會有時為了容易看圖而省略剖面線。而且,即是是平面圖也會有時為了看圖而附上剖面線。 Further, in the drawings used in the embodiment, the hatching may be omitted in order to facilitate the drawing even in the cross-sectional view. Moreover, even if it is a plan view, a hatching may be attached in order to view a figure.
[電路構成] [circuit composition]
本實施形態的半導體裝置(半導體記憶裝置,半導體積體電路裝置)是具有SRAM的記憶格。圖1是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。如圖示般,記憶格是被配置於一對的位元線(位元線BL,位元線/(bar)BL)與字元線WL的交叉部。此記憶格是具有:一對的載入電晶體(載入MOS,負荷用電晶體,負荷用MISFET)TP1,TP2,一對的存取電晶體(存取MOS,存取用電晶體,存取MISFET,轉送用電晶體)TNA1,TNA2及一對的驅動器電晶體(驅動器MOS,驅動用電晶體,驅動用MISFET)TND2,TND4。 The semiconductor device (semiconductor memory device, semiconductor integrated circuit device) of the present embodiment is a memory cell having an SRAM. Fig. 1 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. As shown, the memory cell is an intersection of a bit line (bit line BL, bit line / (bar) BL) and a word line WL arranged in a pair. This memory cell has a pair of load transistors (load MOS, load transistor, load MISFET) TP1, TP2, a pair of access transistors (access MOS, access transistor, save Take MISFET, transfer transistor) TNA1, TNA2 and a pair of driver transistors (driver MOS, drive transistor, drive MISFET) TND2, TND4.
在此,本實施形態是具有與驅動器電晶體TND2並聯的驅動器電晶體TND1。而且,具有與驅動器電晶體TND4並聯的驅動器電晶體TND3。在構成上述記憶格的上述8個電晶體中,載入電晶體(TP1,TP2)是第1導電型的p型(p通道型)的電晶體,存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)及驅動器電晶體(TND1,TND2,TND3,TND4)是第2導電型的n型(n通道型)的電晶體。 Here, the present embodiment is a driver transistor TND1 having a parallel connection with the driver transistor TND2. Moreover, there is a driver transistor TND3 in parallel with the driver transistor TND4. Among the above eight transistors constituting the above memory cell, the transistor (TP1, TP2) is a p-type (p channel type) transistor of the first conductivity type, access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) and driver. The transistor (TND1, TND2, TND3, TND4) is a second conductivity type n-type (n-channel type) transistor.
另外,MOS是Metal Oxide Semiconductor縮寫,MISFET是Metal Insulator Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor(場效電晶體)的縮寫。並且,在以下,將上述載入電晶體,存取電晶體及驅動器電晶體簡稱為“電晶體”。而且,有時只以各電晶體的符號來表示各電晶體。 In addition, MOS is an abbreviation for Metal Oxide Semiconductor, and MISFET is an abbreviation for Metal Insulator Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor. Further, in the following, the above-described load transistor, the access transistor and the driver transistor are simply referred to as "transistors". Further, each transistor may be represented by only the sign of each transistor.
構成上述記憶格的上述8個電晶體之中,TND2與 TP1是構成CMOS(互補型(Complementary)MOS)反相器(亦可為CMIS反相器),TND4與TP2是構成其他的CMOS反相器。該等一對的CMOS反相器的彼此的輸出入端子(蓄積節點A,B)是被交叉結合,構成作為記憶1位元的資訊的資訊蓄積部之正反器電路。 Among the above eight transistors constituting the above memory cell, TND2 and TP1 constitutes a CMOS (Complementary MOS) inverter (which can also be a CMIS inverter), and TND4 and TP2 constitute other CMOS inverters. The input/output terminals (accumulation nodes A, B) of the pair of CMOS inverters are cross-coupled to form a flip-flop circuit as an information storage unit that stores information of one bit.
在此,本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格中,與TND2並列設有TND1,與TND4並列設有TND3,因此亦可視為以TND1,TND2及TP1來構成CMOS反相器,以TND3,TND4及TP2來構成其他的CMOS反相器。 Here, in the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment, TND1 is provided in parallel with TND2, and TND3 is provided in parallel with TND4. Therefore, CMOS inverters can be formed by TND1, TND2, and TP1, and TND3, TND4, and TP2 are formed. To form other CMOS inverters.
因此,若詳述構成本實施形態的SRAM記憶格的8個電晶體的連接關係,則形成以下那樣。 Therefore, when the connection relationship of the eight transistors constituting the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment is described in detail, the following will be obtained.
在電源電位(VDD,第1電源電位)與蓄積節點A之間連接有TP1,在蓄積節點A與接地電位(VSS,GND,基準電位,比上述第1電源電位低的第2電源電位,與上述第1電源電位不同的第2電源電位)之間並聯有TND1及TND2,且TP1,TND1及TND2的閘極電極是被連接至蓄積節點B。 TP1 is connected between the power supply potential (VDD, the first power supply potential) and the accumulation node A, and the storage node A and the ground potential (VSS, GND, reference potential, the second power supply potential lower than the first power supply potential, and TND1 and TND2 are connected in parallel between the second power supply potentials having different first power supply potentials, and the gate electrodes of TP1, TND1 and TND2 are connected to the accumulation node B.
在電源電位與蓄積節點B之間連接有TP2,在蓄積節點B與接地電位之間並聯有TND3及TND4,且TP2,TND3及TND4的閘極電極是被連接至蓄積節點A。 TP2 is connected between the power supply potential and the accumulation node B, TND3 and TND4 are connected in parallel between the accumulation node B and the ground potential, and the gate electrodes of TP2, TND3 and TND4 are connected to the accumulation node A.
在位元線BL與蓄積節點A之間連接有TNA1,在位元線/BL與蓄積節點B之間連接有TNA2,且TNA1及TNA2的閘極電極是被連接至字元線WL(成為字元線)。 TNA1 is connected between the bit line BL and the accumulation node A, TNA2 is connected between the bit line /BL and the accumulation node B, and the gate electrodes of TNA1 and TNA2 are connected to the word line WL (becomes a word) Yuan line).
如此,在本實施形態的SRAM記憶格中是將驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)分割而構成。 As described above, in the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment, the driver transistors (TND1 and TND2, TND3, and TND4) are divided.
另外,解釋的方式,TND1及TND2的閘極電極為共通,因此亦可視為1個的電晶體,但在此是當作2個的電晶體來說明。TND3及TND4也同樣。 Further, in the explanation, the gate electrodes of TND1 and TND2 are common, and therefore, they can be regarded as one transistor, but here, they are described as two transistors. The same applies to TND3 and TND4.
[電路動作] [circuit action]
說明上述SRAM的記憶格的電路動作。當CMOS反相器的蓄積節點A為高電位(H)時,由於TND3及TND4會成為開啟(ON)狀態,因此其他的CMOS反相器的蓄積節點B會形成低電位(L)。因此,TND1及TND2會成為關閉(OFF)狀態,保持蓄積節點A的高電位(H)。亦即,藉由使一對的CMOS反相器交叉結合的閂鎖電路來保持相互的蓄積節點A,B的狀態,在施加電源電壓的期間,保持資訊。 The circuit operation of the memory cell of the above SRAM will be described. When the accumulation node A of the CMOS inverter is at a high potential (H), since TND3 and TND4 are turned "ON", the accumulation node B of the other CMOS inverters forms a low potential (L). Therefore, TND1 and TND2 are in an OFF state, and the high potential (H) of the accumulation node A is maintained. That is, the state of the mutual accumulation nodes A, B is maintained by the latch circuit that cross-couples the pair of CMOS inverters, and the information is held while the power supply voltage is being applied.
另一方面,在TNA1,TNA2的各個閘極電極連接有字元線WL。亦即,當字元線WL為高電位(H)時,TNA1,TNA2會成為開啟狀態,正反器電路與位元線(BL,/BL)會被電性連接,因此蓄積節點A,B的電位狀態(H或L)會出現於位元線BL,/BL,作為記憶格的資訊被讀出。 On the other hand, at TNA1, each gate electrode of TNA2 is connected with a word line WL. That is, when the word line WL is at a high potential (H), TNA1, TNA2 will be turned on, and the flip-flop circuit and the bit line (BL, /BL) will be electrically connected, thus accumulating nodes A, B The potential state (H or L) appears on the bit line BL, /BL, and is read as information of the memory cell.
並且,為了在記憶格中寫入資訊,而將字元線WL設為高電位(H),將TNA1,TNA2設為開啟狀態,藉此使正反器電路與位元線(BL,/BL)電性連接,將位元線 BL,/BL的資訊(H與L的組合或L與H的組合)傳達至蓄積節點A,B,如前述般保存資訊。 Moreover, in order to write information in the memory cell, the word line WL is set to a high potential (H), and TNA1 and TNA2 are set to an on state, thereby causing the flip-flop circuit and the bit line (BL, /BL). ) electrical connection, bit line The information of BL, /BL (the combination of H and L or the combination of L and H) is transmitted to the accumulation nodes A, B, and the information is saved as described above.
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖2~圖4是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖2是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖3是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖4是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖2及圖3中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖3及圖4中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,以圖中的一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 2 to 4 are plan views showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 2 shows the arrangement of the active region Ac, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 3 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. 4 is a view showing the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 2 and 3, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 3 and 4, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
圖6~圖11是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的剖面圖。圖6是對應於圖2的A-A’剖面部,圖7是對應於圖2的B-B’剖面部,圖8是對應於圖2的C-C’剖面部。圖9是對應於圖2的A-A’剖面部,圖10是對應於圖2的B-B’剖面部,圖11是對應於圖2的C-C’剖面部。另外,在圖9~圖11也顯示比圖2所示的第1插塞P1還上層的圖案,圖9~圖11是分別對應於疊合圖2~圖4所示的平面圖時的上述A-A’剖面部,B-B’剖面部及C-C’剖面 部。 6 to 11 are cross-sectional views showing the configuration of a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' of Fig. 2, Fig. 7 is a cross-sectional portion corresponding to B-B' of Fig. 2, and Fig. 8 is a cross-sectional portion corresponding to C-C' of Fig. 2. Fig. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A' of Fig. 2, Fig. 10 is a cross-sectional portion corresponding to B-B' of Fig. 2, and Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional portion corresponding to C-C' of Fig. 2. 9 to 11 also show a pattern of the upper layer than the first plug P1 shown in FIG. 2, and FIGS. 9 to 11 correspond to the above-mentioned A when the plan views shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 are superimposed. -A' section, B-B' section and C-C' section unit.
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
[Ac,G,P1] [Ac, G, P1]
如圖2所示,在半導體基板中,p型阱(P-well,第1區域,第1導電型第1阱),n型阱(N-well,第2區域,第2導電型第2阱)及p型阱(P-well,第3區域,第1導電型第3阱)是在X方向(第1方向)排列配置。在圖2中是只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向(第1方向)及Y方向(與第1方向交叉的第2方向)(參照圖12),該等的阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是形成延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,電晶體形成區域,Ac)。 As shown in FIG. 2, in the semiconductor substrate, a p-type well (P-well, first region, first conductivity type first well), n-type well (N-well, second region, second conductivity type, second The well and the p-well (P-well, third region, first conductivity type third well) are arranged in the X direction (first direction). In FIG. 2, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction (first direction) and the Y direction (the first intersecting with the first direction) In the 2 direction) (refer to FIG. 12), the wells (P-well, N-well, P-well) are formed to extend in the Y direction. Further, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, transistor formation regions, Ac).
並且,在半導體基板中,6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(Ac)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,在元件分離區域(STI),活性區域(Ac)會被區劃或活性區域的圖案會被分離。而且,上述各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是在元件分離區域STI的下部連接(參照圖6)。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4) are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (Ac) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, in the element separation region (STI), the active region (Ac) is patterned or the pattern of the active region is separated. Further, each of the above wells (P-well, N-well, P-well) is connected at a lower portion of the element isolation region STI (see FIG. 6).
又,換言之,AcP2與AcP1是在X方向(第1方向)配置成彼此分離排列。 Further, in other words, AcP2 and AcP1 are arranged to be arranged apart from each other in the X direction (first direction).
同樣,AcN1與AcN2,AcP3與AcP4也是分別在X 方向(第1方向)配置成彼此分離排列。 Similarly, AcN1 and AcN2, AcP3 and AcP4 are also in X respectively. The directions (the first direction) are arranged to be arranged separately from each other.
又,換言之,AcP2與AcP1是在X方向(第1方向)配置成隔著元件分離。 Further, in other words, AcP2 and AcP1 are arranged to be separated by an element in the X direction (first direction).
同樣,AcN2與AcN1是在X方向(第1方向)配置成隔著元件分離。 Similarly, AcN2 and AcN1 are arranged in the X direction (first direction) so as to be separated by elements.
又,AcP4與AcP3是在X方向(第1方向)配置成隔著元件分離。 Further, AcP4 and AcP3 are arranged to be separated by an element in the X direction (first direction).
若針對各活性區域再敘述,則活性區域AcP2是p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcP1是被配置於活性區域AcP2的旁邊,為p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在圖2中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際如後述般,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12,圖13),因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AcP1是在Y方向線狀延伸(參照圖13)。另外,“線狀”也可想像“在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀”。 When the active regions are described again, the active region AcP2 is an exposed region of a p-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcP1 is disposed adjacent to the active region AcP2 and is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) having a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. In addition, in FIG. 2, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience, but as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to FIG. 12, FIG. 13). Therefore, in the memory cell array, the active region AcP1 extends linearly in the Y direction (refer to FIG. 13). In addition, the "line shape" can also be imagined as "a roughly rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction".
活性區域AcN1是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcN2是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 The active region AcN1 is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcN2 is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
活性區域AcP3是位於上述n型阱的圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcP4是位於活性區域AcP3的旁邊,為上 述p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AcP3是與AcP1同樣,線狀地延伸於Y方向(參照圖13)。 The active region AcP3 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) located on the right side of the n-type well, and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcP4 is located beside the active region AcP3, The exposed region of the p-well has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. Further, in the memory cell array, the active region AcP3 extends linearly in the Y direction as in AcP1 (see FIG. 13).
在上述6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)上,閘極電極(閘極配線,直線閘極)G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO,參照圖7等),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在上述「電路構成」的欄所說明的8個電晶體。另外,閘極電極G的兩側的活性區域(Ac)會成為電晶體的源極‧汲極區域(參照圖7等)。 On the above six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4), the gate electrode (gate wiring, linear gate) G is separated by a gate insulating film (GO, see FIG. 7, etc.) The eight transistors described in the column of the above-mentioned "circuit configuration" are formed so as to extend through the respective active regions in the X direction. Further, the active region (Ac) on both sides of the gate electrode G serves as a source ‧ a drain region of the transistor (see FIG. 7 and the like).
以下,詳細說明有關閘極電極G。另外,有關閘極電極是使用“G”的符號來總稱,但在以下的說明中,表示個別的閘極電極時,是在上述符號(G)追加記號(1~4等)來表示。並且,在對應的圖面中也是有使用總稱的符號(G)及在符號(G)追加記號(1~4等)來表示的情況。而且,在本說明書中,除了G(閘極電極)以外,有關P1(第1插塞),M1(第1層配線)及M2(第2層配線)也是有在符號追加記號(數字或英文字母)來表示的情況。 Hereinafter, the gate electrode G will be described in detail. In addition, the gate electrode is collectively referred to by the symbol "G". However, in the following description, when the individual gate electrode is shown, the symbol (G) is added with a symbol (1 to 4, etc.). Further, in the corresponding drawing, the general symbol (G) and the symbol (G) additional symbol (1 to 4, etc.) are also used. In addition, in this specification, in addition to G (gate electrode), P1 (first plug), M1 (first layer wiring) and M2 (second layer wiring) are also marked with symbols (digital or English). The letter) is used to indicate the situation.
具體而言,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及AcN1上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G1。藉此,在活性區域AcP2上配置有TND2,在活性區域AcP1上配置有TND1及在活性區域AcN1上配置有TP1,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcN1配置有TP1,在閘 極電極G的兩側設有TP1的P型源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, a common gate electrode G1 is disposed so as to pass through the active regions AcP2, AcP1, and AcN1. Thereby, TND2 is disposed on the active region AcP2, TND1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and TP1 is disposed on the active region AcN1 to connect the gate electrodes (G). In the active area AcN1 is configured with TP1, in the gate The P-type source ‧ drain region of TP1 is provided on both sides of the pole electrode G.
在活性區域AcP1上,與上述共通的閘極電極G1並行地配置有其他的閘極電極G2。藉此,在活性區域AcP1上配置有TNA1,且TNA1的N型源極‧汲極區域及TND1的N型源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。 In the active region AcP1, another gate electrode G2 is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G1. Thereby, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and the N-type source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the N-type source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized).
並且,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G3。藉此,在活性區域AcP4上配置有TND4,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TND3及在活性區域AcN2上配置有TP2,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcN2配置有TP2,在閘極電極G的兩側設有TP2的P型源極‧汲極區域。 Further, a common gate electrode G3 is disposed so as to pass through the active regions AcP4, AcP3, and AcN2. Thereby, TND4 is disposed on the active region AcP4, TND3 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and TP2 is disposed on the active region AcN2, and the gate electrode (G) is connected to the active region AcN2. TP2 is disposed in the active region AcN2, and a P-type source ‧thole region of TP2 is provided on both sides of the gate electrode G.
在活性區域AcP3上,與上述共通的閘極電極G3並行地配置有其他的閘極電極G4。藉此,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TNA2,且TNA2的N型源極‧汲極區域及TND3的N型源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。 On the active region AcP3, another gate electrode G4 is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G3. Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and the N-type source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the N-type source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (combined).
並且,上述4個閘極電極G(G1~G4)是各2個配置於同一線上(一直線狀)。具體而言,穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及AcN1上的共通的閘極電極G1與活性區域AcP3上的閘極電極G4是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的共通的閘極電極G3與活性區域AcP1上的閘極電極G2是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Further, the four gate electrodes G (G1 to G4) are arranged on the same line (straight line shape). Specifically, the common gate electrode G1 passing through the active region AcP2, AcP1 and AcN1 and the gate electrode G4 on the active region AcP3 are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction. The common gate electrode G3 passing through the active region AcP4, AcP3 and AcN2 and the gate electrode G2 on the active region AcP1 are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction.
如此,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置於不同的活性 區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度提升。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor is divided (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) and arranged in different activities. Areas (AcP2 and AcP1, AcP4 and AcP3). Further, by extending the active regions (AcP2 and AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3) in the Y direction, the layout is simplified and the processing accuracy is improved.
在圖64顯示本實施形態的比較例的SRAM的記憶格的平面圖。此記憶格的等效電路是省略圖1所示的電路圖的TND2及TND4者。此情況,為了使驅動器電晶體TND1,TND3的驅動能力提升,而需要擴大活性區域的寬(閘極寬,通道寬)或擴大閘極長等的工夫。 Fig. 64 is a plan view showing the memory cell of the SRAM of the comparative example of the embodiment. The equivalent circuit of this memory cell is TND2 and TND4 which omits the circuit diagram shown in FIG. In this case, in order to increase the driving ability of the driver transistors TND1, TND3, it is necessary to increase the width of the active region (gate width, channel width) or to enlarge the gate length.
驅動器電晶體(TND1,TND3)的驅動能力是比存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)的驅動能力大為理想。例如,較理想是將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。並且,將以閘極寬的比來表示該等的驅動能力的比稱為“β比”。有關“β比”會在之後詳細說明。 The drive capability of the driver transistor (TND1, TND3) is much better than that of the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2). For example, it is desirable to set the gate width of the access transistor to the gate width of the driver transistor to be 1:2. Further, the ratio indicating the driving ability in terms of the ratio of the gate width is referred to as "β ratio". The "β ratio" will be described in detail later.
因此,此情況,如圖64所示般,在活性區域(Ac)的形狀產生角部(彎曲部,階差部)。然而,現實上,難以按照所望的形狀(中間掩膜圖案)圖案化(加工),例如圖65所示般,角部不會被精度佳地形成,活性區域的寬會形成慢慢地變大之類的平滑的形狀。圖65是表示本實施形態的比較例的SRAM的記憶格的一部分的平面圖。如此的情況,在TNA1內,閘極寬會依場所而異,TNA1的電晶體特性會劣化。並且,在記憶格陣列中,每個記憶格,加工精度不同的情況亦多,產生製造偏差。如此的情況,每個記憶格的特性的偏差會變大,成為製品不良的要因。而且,如此的問題會隨著記憶格的微細化而特別顯 著。 Therefore, in this case, as shown in FIG. 64, a corner portion (curved portion, step portion) is generated in the shape of the active region (Ac). However, in reality, it is difficult to pattern (process) according to the desired shape (intermediate mask pattern). For example, as shown in FIG. 65, the corner portion is not formed with high precision, and the width of the active region is gradually increased. Smooth shapes like that. Fig. 65 is a plan view showing a part of a memory cell of the SRAM of the comparative example of the embodiment. In such a case, in TNA1, the gate width varies depending on the place, and the transistor characteristics of TNA1 deteriorate. Moreover, in the memory cell array, there are many cases where the processing precision differs for each memory cell, and manufacturing variations occur. In such a case, the variation in the characteristics of each memory cell becomes large, which is a cause of product defects. Moreover, such problems are particularly noticeable as the memory cells are miniaturized. With.
對此,在本實施形態中是如前述般,分割驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置於不同的活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)上。因此,可使驅動器電晶體(TND1,TND3)的驅動能力形成比存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)的驅動能力還大。例如,藉由將上述活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)的寬(X方向的長度)設為1:1,可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as described above, the driver transistors (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) are divided and disposed in different active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3). Therefore, the driving ability of the driver transistor (TND1, TND3) can be made larger than that of the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2). For example, by setting the width (length in the X direction) of the active regions (AcP2 and AcP1, AcP4 and AcP3) to 1:1, it is easy to widen the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor. Set to 1:2.
並且,藉由分割活性區域(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),可將各活性區域設為大略矩形狀。換言之,可設為不具上述角部的形狀。因此,加工精度會提升,可使形成於活性區域(Ac)上的各電晶體的特性提升。而且,可降低製造偏差,使SRAM的記憶格陣列的動作特性提升。而且,可使製造良品率提升。 Further, by dividing the active regions (TND1 and TND2, TND3 and TND4), each active region can be formed into a substantially rectangular shape. In other words, it can be set to a shape that does not have the above-described corners. Therefore, the processing accuracy is improved, and the characteristics of the respective transistors formed on the active region (Ac) can be improved. Moreover, manufacturing variations can be reduced, and the operational characteristics of the memory cell array of the SRAM can be improved. Moreover, the manufacturing yield can be improved.
並且,在分割後的活性區域(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)的一方(圖2中是AcP1或AcP3),除了驅動器電晶體(TND1,TND3)以外,還配置存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2),因此可減少活性區域的個數。藉此,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, one of the divided active regions (TND1 and TND2, TND3, and TND4) (AcP1 or AcP3 in FIG. 2) is provided with an access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) in addition to the driver transistor (TND1, TND3). ), thus reducing the number of active areas. Thereby, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(Ac)延伸於Y方向,可使閘極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(Ac)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。特別是在微細的圖案加工,有時會使用多重曝光技術。例如,在 X方向線狀地進行曝光後,進行Y方向的曝光,亦即進行應分離區域的曝光。藉由使用如此的二重曝光技術,可使光阻劑膜的加工精度提升,進而能夠使下層的被蝕刻膜的加工精度提升。在使用如此的多重曝光技術時,圖案形狀是線狀為理想。因此,如上述般,藉由直線地配置活性區域(Ac)或閘極電極(G)等,多重曝光技術的採用容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。並且,模擬模式作成容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 Further, by extending the active region (Ac) in the Y direction, the gate electrode (G) can be extended in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (Ac) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be achieved. Upgrade. In particular, in fine pattern processing, multiple exposure techniques are sometimes used. For example, in After the X-direction exposure is performed linearly, exposure in the Y direction is performed, that is, exposure in the region to be separated is performed. By using such a double exposure technique, the processing precision of the photoresist film can be improved, and the processing precision of the underlying etching film can be improved. When such a multiple exposure technique is used, it is desirable that the pattern shape is a line shape. Therefore, as described above, by arranging the active region (Ac) or the gate electrode (G) linearly, the use of the multiple exposure technique is easy, and the processing accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the simulation mode is easy to make, and the inspection accuracy can be improved.
[P1,M1,P2] [P1, M1, P2]
如圖3所示,在一邊參照上述圖2一邊說明的8個電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的源極‧汲極區域上配置有第1插塞P1。並且,在一邊參照上述圖2一邊說明的4個閘極電極上亦配置有第1插塞P1。 As shown in FIG. 3, the first plug is disposed on the source ‧th pole region of the eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) described with reference to FIG. P1. Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the four gate electrodes described with reference to FIG. 2 described above.
在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1,謀求第1插塞P1間的電性連接。 The first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1, and the electrical connection between the first plugs P1 is achieved.
具體而言,TND2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1a,及TND1,TNA1的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1b,及TP1的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1c,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極G3上的第1插塞P1d會以第1層配線(第1節點配線)M1A來連接。此第1層配線M1A(第1節點配線)可與圖1的蓄積節點A對應。上述“一方的”是表示圖2中的上側的 源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, the first plug P1a on one of the source ‧th pole regions of TND2, and the first plug P1b on the common source ‧thole region of TND1 and TNA1, and one source of TP1 The first plug P1c on the drain region and the first plug P1d on the common gate electrode G3 of TP2, TND3, and TND4 are connected by the first layer wiring (first node wiring) M1A. The first layer wiring M1A (first node wiring) can correspond to the accumulation node A of FIG. 1 . The above "one side" means the upper side in Fig. 2 Source ‧ bungee area.
TND4的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1e,及TND3,TNA2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1f,及TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1g,及TP1,TND1,TND2的共通的閘極電極G1上的第1插塞P1h會以第1層配線(第2節點配線)M1B來連接。此第1層配線M1B(第2節點配線)可與圖1的蓄積節點B對應。與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)主要是被配置成延伸於X方向。在此的“一方的”是表示圖2中的下側的源極‧汲極區域。 The first plug P1e on one source ‧th pole region of TND4, and the first plug P1f on the common source ‧thole region of TND3 and TNA2, and one source ‧dole region of TP2 The first plug P1g on the upper side and the first plug P1h on the common gate electrode G1 of TP1, TND1, and TND2 are connected by the first layer wiring (second node wiring) M1B. The first layer wiring M1B (second node wiring) can correspond to the accumulation node B of FIG. 1 . The first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the above-described accumulation node (A or B) is mainly arranged to extend in the X direction. Here, "one side" means a source ‧ a drain region on the lower side in FIG. 2 .
並且,TND2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1i,及TND1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1j會以第1層配線M1S來連接。此第1層配線M1可與圖1的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 Further, the first plug P1i on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 2 and the first plug P1 j on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 1 are connected by the first layer wiring M1S. The first layer wiring M1 can correspond to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 1, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
TND4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1k,及TND3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1m會以第1層配線M1S來連接。此第1層配線M1S可與圖1的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 The first plug P1k on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 4 and the first plug P1 m on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 3 are connected by the first layer wiring M1S. The first layer wiring M1S can correspond to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 1, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
並且,在TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1n,及TP1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1o上,分別配置有第1層配線M1(M1BL,M1D)。而且,在TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞 P1p,及TP2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1q上,分別配置有第1層配線M1(M1BL,M1D)。 Further, the first layer P1n on the other source ‧th pole region of the TNA1 and the first plug P1o on the other source ‧thole region of the TP1 are respectively arranged with the first layer wiring M1 (M1BL, M1D). Moreover, the first plug on the source ‧ bungee region of the other side of the TNA 2 The first layer wiring M1 (M1BL, M1D) is disposed on the first plug P1q on the other source ‧ drain region of P1p and TP2, respectively.
並且,在TNA1的閘極電極G2上的第1插塞P1r,及TNA2的閘極電極G4上的第1插塞P1s上,分別配置有第1層配線M1W。與該等閘極電極G(G2,G4)連接的第1層配線M1W是在記憶格區域的X方向的端部,被配置成延伸於Y方向,但其他的第1層配線M1(M1S,M1D,M1BL)是與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)同樣,主要被配置成延伸於X方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1W is disposed on the first plug P1r on the gate electrode G2 of the TNA1 and the first plug P1s on the gate electrode G4 of the TNA2. The first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrodes G (G2, G4) is disposed at the end portion in the X direction of the memory cell region and extends in the Y direction, but the other first layer wiring M1 (M1S, Similarly to the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the above-described accumulation node (A or B), M1D, M1BL) is mainly arranged to extend in the X direction.
上述複數的第1插塞P1間的第1層配線M1的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態便可實施各種的變形,如前述般,在記憶格區域的端部是使第1層配線M1延伸於Y方向,在記憶格區域的內部是使第1層配線M1延伸於X方向,藉此可實現簡單的佈局。 The connection state of the first layer wiring M1 between the plurality of first plugs P1 can be variously deformed as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 1. As described above, the end portion of the memory cell region is made The first layer wiring M1 extends in the Y direction, and the first layer wiring M1 is extended in the X direction inside the memory cell region, whereby a simple layout can be realized.
[P2,M2,P3,M3] [P2, M2, P3, M3]
如圖4所示般,在一邊參照上述圖3一邊說明的第1層配線M1之中,在與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)以外的第1層配線M1(M1S,M1D,M1BL,M1W)上配置有第2插塞P2,且在其上部配置有第2層配線M2。 As shown in FIG. 4, the first layer wiring M1 described above with reference to FIG. 3 is the first layer other than the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the storage node (A or B). The second plug P2 is disposed on the layer wiring M1 (M1S, M1D, M1BL, M1W), and the second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the upper portion thereof.
具體而言,與TNA1的閘極電極G(G2)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連 接。並且,與TNA2的閘極電極G(G4)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2W是在記憶格區域的X方向的兩端部,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。而且,在該等2條的第2層配線M2W上配置有第3插塞P3,以能夠連接2個第3插塞P3的方式,在X方向配置有第3層配線M3(WL)。此第3層配線M3(WL)是字元線。因此,有時將上述第2層配線M2W顯示成“與字元線連接的第2層配線”。 Specifically, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode G (G2) of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. Pick up. Further, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode G (G4) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2W are disposed at both end portions in the X direction of the memory cell region, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the third plug P3 is disposed on the two second layer wirings M2W, and the third layer wiring M3 (WL) is disposed in the X direction so that the two third plugs P3 can be connected. This third layer wiring M3 (WL) is a word line. Therefore, the second layer wiring M2W may be displayed as "second layer wiring connected to the word line".
並且,與TND2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域及TND1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線(被供給第2電源電位的第2電源電位線)。與TND4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域及TND3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。該等2條的接地電位線是在前述記憶格區域的兩端部所配置的2條第2層配線M2(M2W)的內側,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1S connected to the other source ‧ the drain region of the TND 2 and the other source ‧ the drain region of the TND 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2 connection. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line (a second power source potential line to which a second power source potential is supplied). The first layer wiring M1S connected to the other source ‧ the drain region of the TND 4 and the other source ‧ the drain region of the TND 3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2 . This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The two ground potential lines are inside the two second layer wirings M2 (M2W) disposed at both end portions of the memory cell region, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BL,第1位元線)連接。此第2層配線M2(BL)是位元線對的其中一位元線。與TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極 區域連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BL)連接。此第2層配線M2(/BL,第2位元線)是其他的位元線。該等2條的位元線(BL,/BL,位元線對)是在前述2條接地電位線(LVSS)的內側,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BL, first bit line) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (BL) is one of the bit lines of the bit line pair. The source of the other side of TNA2 The first layer wiring M1BL connected in the area is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BL) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (/BL, second bit line) is another bit line. The two bit lines (BL, /BL, bit line pair) are arranged inside the two ground potential lines (LVSS) so as to extend in the Y direction.
並且,以能夠連接:與TP1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1D上的第2插塞P2,及與TP2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1D上的第2插塞P2之方式,配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是電源電位線(被供給第1電源電位的第1電源電位線)。此電源電位線是在前述2條位元線(BL,/BL)間,主要是延伸於Y方向,具有延伸於Y方向的線部,及由此線部來覆蓋上述第2插塞P2上的突起部。 Further, the second plug P2 on the first layer wiring M1D connected to the other source ‧ the drain region of the TP1 and the first source connected to the other source ‧ the drain region of the TP 2 can be connected The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed so as to be the second plug P2 on the layer wiring M1D. The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line (a first power supply potential line to which a first power supply potential is supplied). The power supply potential line is between the two bit lines (BL, /BL), mainly extending in the Y direction, having a line extending in the Y direction, and thereby covering the second plug P2 with the line portion Protrusion.
上述第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形,但如前述般,藉由以第2層配線M2為主來延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線M3為主來延伸於X方向,可實現簡單的佈局。另外,在圖2~圖4中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向及Y方向,因此在記憶格陣列中,上述接地電位線(LVSS),位元線(BL,/BL),電源電位線(LVDD)是被配置成延伸於Y方向,字元線(WL)是被配置成延 伸於X方向(參照圖14)。 The connection state of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is variously deformed as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. In general, the second layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring M3 is mainly extended in the X direction, thereby achieving a simple layout. In addition, in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, and thus is memorized. In the grid array, the ground potential line (LVSS), the bit line (BL, /BL), the power supply potential line (LVDD) are configured to extend in the Y direction, and the word line (WL) is configured to be extended. Extend in the X direction (see Figure 14).
並且,在本實施形態中是將活性區域分割而配置(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3),因此僅位於活性區域間的元件分離區域(STI)部分,驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)的形成區域會變大,但可利用此區域,如上述般在第2層配線M2W(與字元線連接的第2層配線)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間配置接地電位線(LVSS)。藉此,產生接地電位線(LVSS)的屏蔽效應,可降低第2層配線M2W(與字元線連接的第2層配線)與位元線(BL,/BL)的相互作用(串音雜訊)。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the active region is divided and disposed (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3), only the device isolation region (STI) portion between the active regions and the driver transistor (TND1 and TND2, TND3, and TND4) are provided. The formation region of the second layer is increased, but the ground potential can be disposed between the second layer wiring M2W (the second layer wiring connected to the word line) and the bit line (BL, /BL) as described above. Line (LVSS). Thereby, the shielding effect of the ground potential line (LVSS) is generated, and the interaction between the second layer wiring M2W (the second layer wiring connected to the word line) and the bit line (BL, /BL) can be reduced (crosstalk hybrid) News).
並且,可擴大接地電位線(LVSS)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間隔(d1),可降低該等的配線間的配線電容。而且,可擴大電源電位線(LVDD)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間隔(d2),可降低該等的配線間的配線電容。特別是位元線(BL,/BL)在資料的讀出,寫入中為實現重要的任務之配線,所以雜訊等所造成電位的變化影響記憶體動作大。因此,藉由擴大接地電位線(LVSS)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間隔(d1)或電源電位線(LVDD)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間隔(d2),可謀求記憶體的動作特性的提升。例如,在將第2層配線M2W(與字元線連接的第2層配線)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間隔設為d3時,藉由成為d3<d1,d3<d2,可謀求記憶體的動作特性的提升。 Further, the interval (d1) between the ground potential line (LVSS) and the bit line (BL, /BL) can be increased, and the wiring capacitance between the wirings can be reduced. Further, the interval (d2) between the power supply potential line (LVDD) and the bit line (BL, /BL) can be increased, and the wiring capacitance between the wirings can be reduced. In particular, the bit line (BL, /BL) is used to read and write data, so that the wiring of important tasks is realized. Therefore, the change in potential caused by noise or the like affects the memory operation. Therefore, by increasing the interval (d1) between the ground potential line (LVSS) and the bit line (BL, /BL) or the power supply potential line (LVDD) and the bit line (BL, /BL) (d2), Seek to improve the operational characteristics of the memory. For example, when the interval between the second layer wiring M2W (the second layer wiring connected to the word line) and the bit line (BL, /BL) is d3, d3<d1, d3<d2 can be obtained. Seek to improve the operational characteristics of the memory.
另外,一邊參照圖2~圖4一邊說明的各圖案是對記 憶格區域的中心點配置成點對稱。 In addition, each of the patterns described with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4 is a pair of notes. The center point of the retentive region is configured to be point symmetrical.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態之電路圖顯示於圖5。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection states is shown. In Figure 5.
[記憶格的剖面構造] [Profile structure of memory]
其次,一邊參照圖6~圖11的剖面圖,一邊說明上述佈局的剖面構造,藉此更明確本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成。 Next, the cross-sectional structure of the above-described layout will be described with reference to the cross-sectional views of FIGS. 6 to 11, and the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment will be further clarified.
如圖6~圖8所示般,在半導體基板1中,形成有元件分離區域STI。藉由此元件分離區域STI來區劃活性區域(Ac)。亦即,以元件分離區域STI所包圍的區域會成為活性區域(Ac)。如前述般,6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)會在X方向排列配置,其狀態由圖6等所示的剖面圖也可得知。 As shown in FIGS. 6 to 8, the element isolation region STI is formed in the semiconductor substrate 1. The active region (Ac) is distinguished by the element isolation region STI. That is, the region surrounded by the element isolation region STI becomes the active region (Ac). As described above, the six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4) are arranged in the X direction, and the state thereof is also known from the cross-sectional view shown in Fig. 6 and the like.
此元件分離區域STI可利用STI(shallow trench isolation)法來形成。亦即,使用光微影技術及蝕刻技術,在半導體基板1形成元件分離溝。而且,以能夠埋入元件分離溝的方式,在半導體基板上形成氧化矽膜,然後,藉由化學機械的研磨法(CMP;chemical mechanical polishing)來除去半導體基板上所形成之不要的氧化矽膜。藉此,可形成只在元件分離溝內埋入氧化矽膜的元件分離區域STI。另外,亦可利用LOCOS(local Oxidation of silicon)法來形成此元件分離區域STI。 This element isolation region STI can be formed by an STI (shallow trench isolation) method. That is, the element separation trench is formed on the semiconductor substrate 1 by using the photolithography technique and the etching technique. Further, a ruthenium oxide film is formed on the semiconductor substrate so as to be able to be buried in the element isolation trench, and then an unnecessary ruthenium oxide film formed on the semiconductor substrate is removed by chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) . Thereby, the element isolation region STI in which the hafnium oxide film is buried only in the element isolation trench can be formed. In addition, you can also use LOCOS (local Oxidation The silicon separation method STI is formed by the silicon method.
並且,在半導體基板1中形成:含有p型雜質(例如硼等)的p型阱(P-well),及含有n型雜質(例如磷或砷等)的n型阱(N-well)。p型阱(P-well)是例如可使用離子注入法來對活性區域(Ac)導入p型雜質而形成,n型阱(N-well)是例如可使用離子注入法來對活性區域(Ac)導入n型雜質而形成。如前述般,該等阱是以元件分離區域STI的下部來聯繫,以預定的寬延伸於Y方向(參照圖6,圖12等)。並且,3個的阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)會在X方向排列配置。換言之,在n型阱(N-well)的兩側配置有p型阱(P-well)。另外,亦可在各阱的表面形成通道形成用的半導體區域(未圖示)。此通道形成用的半導體區域是為了調整形成通道的臨界值電壓而被形成。 Further, a p-type well (P-well) containing a p-type impurity (for example, boron or the like) and an n-type well (N-well) containing an n-type impurity (for example, phosphorus or arsenic) are formed in the semiconductor substrate 1. The p-well is formed, for example, by ion implantation to introduce a p-type impurity into an active region (Ac), and the n-well is, for example, an ion implantation method for an active region (Ac). ) is formed by introducing an n-type impurity. As described above, the wells are associated with the lower portion of the element isolation region STI and extend in the Y direction with a predetermined width (refer to FIG. 6, FIG. 12, etc.). Also, three wells (P-well, N-well, P-well) are arranged in the X direction. In other words, a p-well is disposed on both sides of the n-well. Further, a semiconductor region (not shown) for forming a channel may be formed on the surface of each well. The semiconductor region for forming the channel is formed to adjust the threshold voltage of the formed channel.
並且,在活性區域(Ac)的主表面形成有閘極絕緣膜GO。例如可使用氧化矽膜等,作為此閘極絕緣膜GO。此閘極絕緣膜GO是例如可使用熱氧化法或CVD法等來形成。 Further, a gate insulating film GO is formed on the main surface of the active region (Ac). For example, a ruthenium oxide film or the like can be used as the gate insulating film GO. This gate insulating film GO can be formed, for example, by a thermal oxidation method, a CVD method, or the like.
而且,在閘極絕緣膜GO上形成有閘極電極G(圖7,圖8)。例如,可使用多結晶矽膜,作為閘極電極G。例如,在包含閘極絕緣膜GO上的半導體基板1上,以CVD法等堆積多結晶矽膜,圖案化,藉此可形成閘極電極G。另外,亦可以多結晶矽膜與金屬膜的層疊膜來構成閘極電極G。 Further, a gate electrode G is formed on the gate insulating film GO (Fig. 7, Fig. 8). For example, a polycrystalline germanium film can be used as the gate electrode G. For example, on the semiconductor substrate 1 including the gate insulating film GO, a polycrystalline germanium film is deposited by a CVD method or the like, and patterned, whereby the gate electrode G can be formed. Further, the gate electrode G may be formed by multi-crystallizing a laminated film of a ruthenium film and a metal film.
又,亦可將閘極絕緣膜變更成high-K膜,將閘極電極設為金屬閘極構造。 Further, the gate insulating film may be changed to a high-K film, and the gate electrode may be a metal gate structure.
在此,所謂圖案化是意指將加工的對象膜上的光阻劑膜予以曝光‧現像,成為所望的形狀之後,以此光阻劑膜作為光罩來蝕刻加工的對象膜之工程。此閘極電極(G)的圖案化時,如前述般,藉由使用二重曝光技術等,可精度佳地形成以微細的線寬及空間寬所配置的閘極電極(G)。前述本實施形態的佈局(參照圖2等)是在適用二重曝光技術時也合適。 Here, the term "patterning" means a process in which a photoresist film on a target film to be processed is exposed to a desired shape, and then a photoresist film is used as a mask to etch a target film. When the gate electrode (G) is patterned, as described above, the gate electrode (G) arranged with a fine line width and a wide space can be formed with high precision by using a double exposure technique or the like. The layout of the present embodiment (see Fig. 2 and the like) is also suitable when the double exposure technique is applied.
並且,在閘極電極G的兩側的p型阱(P-well)中形成有n型的低濃度雜質區域EX1(圖7,圖8)。此n型的低濃度雜質區域EX1是以閘極電極G作為光罩,可藉由離子注入法來對活性區域(AcP)導入n型雜質而形成。在閘極電極G的兩側的n型阱(N-well)中形成有p型的低濃度雜質區域EX1(圖7,圖8)。此p型的低濃度雜質區域EX1是以閘極電極G作為光罩,可藉由離子注入法來對活性區域(AcN)導入p型雜質而形成。 Further, an n-type low-concentration impurity region EX1 is formed in the p-well (P-well) on both sides of the gate electrode G (FIG. 7, FIG. 8). The n-type low-concentration impurity region EX1 is formed by using the gate electrode G as a mask and introducing an n-type impurity into the active region (AcP) by an ion implantation method. A p-type low-concentration impurity region EX1 is formed in an n-type well (N-well) on both sides of the gate electrode G (FIG. 7, FIG. 8). The p-type low-concentration impurity region EX1 is formed by using a gate electrode G as a mask and introducing a p-type impurity into an active region (AcN) by an ion implantation method.
並且,在閘極電極G的兩側的側壁形成有側壁SW(圖7,圖8)。此側壁SW是例如由氮化矽膜所構成。例如,以CVD法,在包含閘極電極G上的半導體基板1上堆積氮化矽膜等的絕緣膜之後,藉由實施異方性蝕刻,可使絕緣膜作為側壁SW來殘留於閘極電極G的側壁。 Further, side walls SW are formed on the side walls of both sides of the gate electrode G (FIG. 7, FIG. 8). This side wall SW is composed of, for example, a tantalum nitride film. For example, after an insulating film such as a tantalum nitride film is deposited on the semiconductor substrate 1 including the gate electrode G by the CVD method, by performing an anisotropic etching, the insulating film can be left as a sidewall SW to the gate electrode. The side wall of G.
並且,在閘極電極G及側壁SW的合成體的兩側的p型阱(P-well)中形成有n型的高濃度雜質區域EX2(圖 7,圖8)。此n型的高濃度雜質區域EX2是以上述合成體作為光罩,可藉由離子注入法來導入n型雜質而形成。而且,在上述合成體的兩側的n型阱(N-well)中形成有p型的高濃度雜質區域EX2(圖7,圖8)。此p型的高濃度雜質區域EX2是以上述合成體作為光罩,可藉由離子注入法來導入p型雜質而形成。高濃度雜質區域EX2是雜質濃度比低濃度雜質區域EX1高,且形成深。以此低濃度雜質區域EX1及高濃度雜質區域EX2來構成LDD(Lightly Doped Drain)構造的源極‧汲極區域。另外,所謂源極‧汲極區域是意指成為源極或汲極的區域。並且,有時將此源極‧汲極區域表示成電晶體的“一端”或“另一端”等。 Further, an n-type high-concentration impurity region EX2 is formed in a p-type well (P-well) on both sides of the composite body of the gate electrode G and the side wall SW (Fig. 7, Figure 8). The n-type high-concentration impurity region EX2 is formed by using the above-described composite as a photomask and introducing an n-type impurity by an ion implantation method. Further, a p-type high-concentration impurity region EX2 is formed in the n-type well (N-well) on both sides of the above-described composite (FIG. 7, FIG. 8). The p-type high-concentration impurity region EX2 is formed by using the above-described composite as a photomask and introducing a p-type impurity by an ion implantation method. The high-concentration impurity region EX2 has a higher impurity concentration than the low-concentration impurity region EX1 and is formed deep. The source ‧ drain region of the LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) structure is formed by the low-concentration impurity region EX1 and the high-concentration impurity region EX2. In addition, the source ‧ bungee region means a region that becomes a source or a drain. Further, the source ‧ bungee region is sometimes expressed as "one end" or "other end" of the transistor.
如前述般,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置在相異的活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)上。此構成由圖7等所示的剖面也了然。並且,本實施形態是在分割的活性區域(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)中也配置存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)。此構成由圖7等所示的剖面也了然。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor division (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) is disposed in the different active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3). This configuration is also apparent from the cross section shown in Fig. 7 and the like. Further, in the present embodiment, access transistors (TNA1, TNA2) are also disposed in the divided active regions (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4). This configuration is also apparent from the cross section shown in Fig. 7 and the like.
另外,作為電晶體的形成方法,亦可在利用虛擬閘極來形成閘極圖案的溝之後,使用形成金屬閘極之所謂的Gate Last。 Further, as a method of forming the transistor, a so-called Gate Last which forms a metal gate may be used after the trench of the gate pattern is formed by the dummy gate.
如圖9~圖11所示般,在各電晶體(TNA1,TND1,TND2,TP1等)的高濃度雜質區域EX2(源極‧汲極區 域)上配置有插塞P1。另外,在圖9~圖11的剖面圖雖未出現,但實際在閘極電極G上也形成有插塞P1(參照圖2)。插塞P1是例如可藉由其次的工程來形成。在包含各電晶體(TNA1,TND1,TND2,TP1等)上的半導體基板1上形成氮化矽膜與氧化矽膜的層疊膜作為層間絕緣膜IL1。其次,在層間絕緣膜IL1中形成接觸孔,在包含此接觸孔的內部之層間絕緣膜IL1上堆積導電性膜。導電性膜可使用阻障膜與金屬膜的層疊膜。阻障膜例如可使用Ti(鈦)膜或TiN(氮化鈦)膜或該等的層疊膜。並且,金屬膜例如可使用W(鎢)膜等。利用CMP法等來除去堆積後的導電性膜之中,接觸孔以外的導電性膜,藉此可在接觸孔內埋入導電性膜。 As shown in Fig. 9 to Fig. 11, the high-concentration impurity region EX2 (source ‧ bungee region) of each transistor (TNA1, TND1, TND2, TP1, etc.) The plug P1 is configured on the domain). Further, although the cross-sectional views of FIGS. 9 to 11 are not present, a plug P1 (see FIG. 2) is actually formed also on the gate electrode G. The plug P1 can be formed, for example, by a second engineering. A laminated film of a tantalum nitride film and a hafnium oxide film is formed on the semiconductor substrate 1 including each of the transistors (TNA1, TND1, TND2, TP1, etc.) as the interlayer insulating film IL1. Next, a contact hole is formed in the interlayer insulating film IL1, and a conductive film is deposited on the interlayer insulating film IL1 including the inside of the contact hole. As the conductive film, a laminated film of a barrier film and a metal film can be used. As the barrier film, for example, a Ti (titanium) film or a TiN (titanium nitride) film or a laminated film of these can be used. Further, as the metal film, for example, a W (tungsten) film or the like can be used. The conductive film other than the contact hole is removed from the deposited conductive film by the CMP method or the like, whereby the conductive film can be buried in the contact hole.
並且,在插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。此第1層配線M1可藉由使導電性膜圖案化來形成。另外,亦可將第1層配線M1設為埋入配線(鑲嵌配線)。 Further, the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the plug P1. This first layer wiring M1 can be formed by patterning a conductive film. Further, the first layer wiring M1 may be a buried wiring (inlaid wiring).
並且,在第1層配線M1上,經由第2插塞P2配置有第2層配線M2(LVSS,BL,/BL,LVDD等)。換言之,該等的配線會被配置於同層。第2插塞P2可在層間絕緣膜IL2中與第1插塞P1同樣形成。第2層配線M2可與第1層配線M1同樣形成。亦可以此第2層配線M2作為埋入配線。此時,亦可使用所謂的雙重鑲嵌法,其係於接觸孔與配線溝的內部同時埋入導電性膜,同時形成第2插塞P2及第2層配線M2。 Further, on the first layer wiring M1, the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS, BL, /BL, LVDD, etc.) is placed via the second plug P2. In other words, the wirings will be placed in the same layer. The second plug P2 can be formed in the same manner as the first plug P1 in the interlayer insulating film IL2. The second layer wiring M2 can be formed in the same manner as the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 can also be used as the buried wiring. In this case, a so-called dual damascene method in which the conductive film is buried in the contact hole and the inside of the wiring trench, and the second plug P2 and the second layer wiring M2 are formed.
並且,在第2層配線M2上,經由第3插塞P3配置 有第3層配線M3(WL)。第3插塞P3可在層間絕緣膜IL3中與第1插塞P1同樣形成。第3層配線M3可與第1層配線M1同樣形成。亦可將此第3層配線M3設為埋入配線。此時,亦可使用所謂的雙重鑲嵌法,其係於接觸孔與配線溝的內部同時埋入導電性膜,同時形成第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3。 Further, the second layer wiring M2 is disposed via the third plug P3. There is a third layer wiring M3 (WL). The third plug P3 can be formed in the same manner as the first plug P1 in the interlayer insulating film IL3. The third layer wiring M3 can be formed in the same manner as the first layer wiring M1. This third layer wiring M3 can also be used as a buried wiring. In this case, a so-called dual damascene method may be used in which a conductive film is buried in the contact hole and the inside of the wiring trench, and the third plug P3 and the third layer wiring M3 are formed.
另外,構成上述剖面構造的各圖案的形成工程雖無限制,但例如可以其次的順序來形成。首先,在半導體基板1中形成元件分離區域STI之後,形成阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)。然後,形成閘極絕緣膜GO及閘極電極G,形成低濃度雜質區域EX1之後,形成側壁SW,形成高濃度雜質區域EX2,藉此形成各電晶體(TNA1,TND1,TND2,TP1等)(參照圖7等)。然後,重複層間絕緣膜,插塞及配線的形成工程,藉此形成第1~第3層配線(M1~M3)等。然後,亦可再形成多層的配線。又,亦可同時形成後述構成連接單元(給電用單元)的各圖案,且亦可同時形成用以驅動SRAM的解碼器等的周邊電路等。 Further, the formation process of each of the patterns constituting the cross-sectional structure is not limited, but may be formed, for example, in the next order. First, after the element isolation region STI is formed in the semiconductor substrate 1, a well (P-well, N-well, P-well) is formed. Then, the gate insulating film GO and the gate electrode G are formed to form the low-concentration impurity region EX1, and the sidewall SW is formed to form the high-concentration impurity region EX2, thereby forming each transistor (TNA1, TND1, TND2, TP1, etc.) ( Refer to Figure 7, etc.). Then, the interlayer insulating film, the plug and the wiring are formed, whereby the first to third layer wirings (M1 to M3) and the like are formed. Then, a plurality of layers of wiring can be formed. Further, each pattern constituting the connection unit (power supply unit) to be described later may be formed at the same time, and a peripheral circuit or the like for driving a decoder of the SRAM or the like may be simultaneously formed.
另外,在以後的實施形態中,雖省略剖面圖及形成工程的說明,但在電晶體部的剖面是成為類似於本實施形態的剖面構造,當然可以同樣的工程來形成。 In the following embodiments, the cross-sectional view and the description of the forming process are omitted. However, the cross-section of the transistor portion is similar to the cross-sectional structure of the present embodiment, and of course, it can be formed by the same process.
[記憶格陣列的構成] [Composition of memory array]
圖12是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列的概 念的平面圖。圖13及圖14是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列的構成的平面圖。圖13是表示從下層到第2插塞P2為止所位置的圖案的佈局,圖14是比第2插塞P2更上面的圖案的佈局。圖13及圖14所示的區域是對應於從圖12的下面到第2段,從左到第2列為止的2×2的單元區域。 Fig. 12 is a view showing the memory cell array of the SRAM of the embodiment; The floor plan of the reading. 13 and 14 are plan views showing the configuration of a memory cell array of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 13 is a layout showing a pattern from the lower layer to the second plug P2, and FIG. 14 is a layout of a pattern above the second plug P2. The area shown in Fig. 13 and Fig. 14 corresponds to a 2 × 2 unit area from the lower side to the second stage of Fig. 12 from the left to the second column.
如圖12所示般,以“F”來表示一邊參照圖2~圖4一邊說明的記憶格區域時,在記憶格陣列中,是在圖中的上下方向(Y方向),對延伸於X方向的線(X軸)線,對稱地重複配置記憶格區域(X軸反轉),在圖中的左右方向(X方向),對延伸於Y方向的線(Y軸),線對稱地重複配置記憶格區域(Y軸反轉)。 As shown in FIG. 12, when the memory cell area described with reference to FIGS. 2 to 4 is indicated by "F", the memory cell array is in the vertical direction (Y direction) in the drawing, and the pair extends in X. The line (X-axis) line of the direction repeats the memory cell area (X-axis inversion) symmetrically, and repeats the line symmetrically with respect to the line extending in the Y direction (Y-axis) in the left-right direction (X direction) in the figure. Configure the memory area (Y-axis inversion).
以此“F”所示的記憶格區域(以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域)的佈局及剖面構造是如利用圖2~圖4的平面圖及圖6~圖11的剖面圖來詳細說明般。並且,在以“F”所示的記憶格區域以外的記憶格區域中,各圖案的形狀係對延伸於X方向或Y方向的線設成線對稱(參照圖13,圖14)。 The layout and cross-sectional structure of the memory cell region (the rectangular region surrounded by a dotted line) indicated by "F" are as described in detail with reference to the plan views of FIGS. 2 to 4 and the cross-sectional views of FIGS. 6 to 11. . Further, in the memory cell region other than the memory cell region indicated by "F", the shape of each pattern is line-symmetric with respect to a line extending in the X direction or the Y direction (see FIG. 13, FIG. 14).
在此,如前述般,記憶格區域中的各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是延伸於Y方向(圖13)。而且,記憶格區域的外側的P-well是與旁邊的記憶格區域的P-well連接,因此若作為記憶格陣列全體來看,則p型阱(P-well)及n型阱(N-well)會在X方向交替地配置。 Here, as described above, each well (P-well, N-well, P-well) in the memory cell region extends in the Y direction (FIG. 13). Moreover, the P-well on the outer side of the memory cell region is connected to the P-well of the memory cell region adjacent thereto, so if viewed as a whole of the memory cell array, the p-well and the n-well (N- Well) will be alternately configured in the X direction.
[連接單元區域的說明] [Description of Connection Unit Area]
如一邊參照圖12一邊說明那樣,在記憶格陣列中雖配置有複數的單元區域(例如,m×n),但在記憶格陣列中設有連接單元區域(給電區域)。經由連接單元區域來對各阱供給預定的電位(例如,接地電位VSS或電源電位VDD)。 As described with reference to FIG. 12, a plurality of unit regions (for example, m×n) are arranged in the memory cell array, but a connection cell region (power supply region) is provided in the memory cell array. Each well is supplied with a predetermined potential (for example, a ground potential VSS or a power supply potential VDD) via the connection unit region.
在圖15中概念性地顯示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列中的連接單元區域的位置。如圖示般,此連接單元(給電單元)是被配置在Y方向所排列的各n個記憶格區域,對延伸於Y方向的線,線對稱地在X方向重複配置。換言之,在每m×n個的陣列區域部配置有連接單元區域,此連接單元區域是成為連接單元會在X方向被複數配置者。以「F’」表示排列於X方向的複數個連接單元之中的一個連接單元。 The position of the connection unit region in the memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment is conceptually shown in FIG. As shown in the figure, the connection unit (power supply unit) is arranged in each of the n memory cell regions arranged in the Y direction, and is arranged in line in the X direction symmetrically with respect to the line extending in the Y direction. In other words, a connection unit area is disposed every m×n array area portions, and this connection unit area is a plurality of connection units that are arranged in the X direction. One of the plurality of connection units arranged in the X direction is indicated by "F'".
圖16及圖17是表示本實施形態的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。圖16是表示活性區域(給電部,電位施加部)AcS,虛擬閘極電極DG,第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖17是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖16及圖17中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1連接單元區域,例如被設定成與記憶格區域同大小。 Figs. 16 and 17 are plan views showing the configuration of the connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 16 shows an arrangement of an active region (power supply portion, potential application portion) AcS, a virtual gate electrode DG, a first plug P1, a first layer wiring M1, and a second plug P2. FIG. 17 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 16 and 17, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure indicates a 1-connected unit area, and is set to be the same size as the memory area, for example.
在記憶格區域中,延伸於Y方向的各阱(P-well,N- well,P-well)是在圖16所示的連接單元中也延伸於Y方向,且p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)會在X方向排列配置。 In the memory cell region, each well extending in the Y direction (P-well, N- Well, P-well) also extends in the Y direction in the connection unit shown in FIG. 16, and the p-well, the n-well, and the p-well Arrange in the X direction.
並且,在連接單元區域上設有給電用的活性區域AcS,3個的活性區域AcS會在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(AcS)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。 Further, the active region AcS for power supply is provided in the connection unit region, and the three active regions AcS are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (AcS) is a component separation region (STI).
具體而言,各活性區域AcS是各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)的露出區域,在此是被形成在X方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。並且,3個的活性區域AcS是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Specifically, each active region AcS is an exposed region of each well (P-well, N-well, P-well), and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the X direction. Further, the three active regions AcS are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction.
在圖16中左側的p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVSS)(圖17)。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是成為在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVSS)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVSS)。此第3層配線M3(CVSS)是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的共通接地電位線(圖17)。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the p-well on the left side in FIG. 16, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is disposed on the second plug P2 (FIG. 17). The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is a common ground potential line that is connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 17).
在n型阱(N-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)(圖17)。此第 2層配線M2(LVDD)是成為在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的電源電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVDD)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVDD)。此第3層配線M3(CVDD)是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的共通電源電位線(圖17)。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the n-well, and the first layer M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed on the second plug P2 (FIG. 17). This first The two-layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is a common power supply potential line that is connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 17).
在圖16中右側的p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVSS)(圖17)。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是成為在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVSS)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVSS)。此第3層配線M3(CVSS)是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的上述共通接地電位線(圖17)。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the right side p-well (P-well) in FIG. 16, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is disposed on the second plug P2 (FIG. 17). The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is the common ground potential line that is connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 17).
另外,在連接單元區域上,延伸有在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的位元線(第2層配線M2(BL),第2層配線M2(/BL))(圖17)。 In addition, in the connection unit area, the bit line (the second layer wiring M2 (BL), the second layer wiring M2 (/BL)) described in the column of the "pattern layout of the memory cell" is extended (FIG. 17). .
並且,如圖16所示,在連接單元區域中,在元件分離區域STI上,配置有延伸於X方向的虛擬閘極電極(虛擬閘極配線,虛擬閘極)DG。所謂虛擬閘極電極是設在元件分離區域(STI)上,無法進行電晶體動作的導電性膜。此導電性膜是與閘極電極G同一材料,以同一工程形 成。 Further, as shown in FIG. 16, in the connection unit region, a dummy gate electrode (virtual gate wiring, dummy gate) DG extending in the X direction is disposed in the element isolation region STI. The virtual gate electrode is a conductive film that is provided in the element isolation region (STI) and cannot operate the transistor. The conductive film is the same material as the gate electrode G, and has the same engineering shape. to make.
藉由如此設置虛擬閘極電極DG,閘極電極所造成的凹凸會規則性地重複,佈局的規則性會提升。其結果,可降低製造偏差等,可謀求裝置特性的提升。虛擬閘極電極DG是被配置成延伸於X方向的線狀,但在此是適當設有分離部Sp,分割配置(參照圖16)。 By thus setting the dummy gate electrode DG, the unevenness caused by the gate electrode is regularly repeated, and the regularity of the layout is improved. As a result, manufacturing variations and the like can be reduced, and the device characteristics can be improved. The dummy gate electrode DG is arranged in a line extending in the X direction. However, the separation portion Sp is appropriately provided here, and the division is arranged (see FIG. 16).
圖18是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格及連接單元形成區域的概念的平面圖。圖19及圖20是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格及連接單元形成區域的構成的平面圖。圖19是表示從下層到第2插塞P2為止所位置的圖案的佈局,圖20是表示比第2插塞P2更上面的圖案的佈局。在圖18~圖20所示的區域是表示2×3的單元區域,從下面算起第2段配置有連接單元區域。 Fig. 18 is a plan view showing the concept of a memory cell and a connection unit forming region of the SRAM of the embodiment. 19 and 20 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell and the connection unit forming region of the SRAM of the present embodiment. 19 is a layout showing a pattern from the lower layer to the second plug P2, and FIG. 20 is a layout showing a pattern above the second plug P2. The area shown in Figs. 18 to 20 is a unit area of 2 × 3, and the connection unit area is arranged in the second stage from the lower side.
如圖18~圖20所示,連接單元(F’)的虛擬閘極電極DG是在連接單元的Y方向的兩端,配置成夾著活性區域(AcS)。此時,亦可將虛擬閘極電極DG配置成延伸於X方向之不間斷的線狀,但在此是以能夠和鄰接的記憶格的閘極電極G對應的方式,適當切斷虛擬閘極電極DG。換言之,設有分離部(Sp)。藉由如此配置虛擬閘極電極DG,閘極電極G及虛擬閘極電極DG的規則性會更提升,可使裝置特性提升。 As shown in Figs. 18 to 20, the dummy gate electrode DG of the connection unit (F') is disposed at both ends in the Y direction of the connection unit so as to sandwich the active region (AcS). In this case, the dummy gate electrode DG may be arranged to extend in an uninterrupted line shape in the X direction. However, the virtual gate electrode may be appropriately cut so as to correspond to the gate electrode G of the adjacent memory cell. Electrode DG. In other words, a separation portion (Sp) is provided. By configuring the dummy gate electrode DG in this way, the regularity of the gate electrode G and the dummy gate electrode DG is further improved, and the device characteristics can be improved.
另外,構成連接單元的各圖案(AcS,DG,P1~P3,M1~M3等)可與構成記憶格的各圖案同樣形成。 Further, each of the patterns (AcS, DG, P1 to P3, M1 to M3, and the like) constituting the connection unit can be formed in the same manner as each of the patterns constituting the memory cell.
在實施形態1中是使排列於X方向的6個活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)之中,配置有分割後的驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2)的AcP2與AcP1的X方向的長度(X方向的寬)相等。並且,使配置有驅動器電晶體(TND3及TND4)的AcP4與AcP3的X方向的長度(X方向的寬)相等。亦可將該等設為相異的長度(寬)。此活性區域(Ac)的X方向的寬是與各電晶體的閘極寬對應。因此,換言之,在實施形態1中是使驅動器電晶體(TND1)的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體(TND2)的閘極寬相等,且使驅動器電晶體(TND3)的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體(TND4)的閘極寬相等。 In the first embodiment, among the six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4) arranged in the X direction, AcP2 and AcP1 of the divided driver transistors (TND1 and TND2) are disposed. The length in the X direction (width in the X direction) is equal. Further, the lengths of the AcP4 in which the driver transistors (TND3 and TND4) are arranged and the AcP3 in the X direction (the width in the X direction) are made equal. These can also be set to different lengths (widths). The width of the active region (Ac) in the X direction corresponds to the gate width of each transistor. Therefore, in other words, in the first embodiment, the gate width of the driver transistor (TND1) is made equal to the gate width of the driver transistor (TND2), and the gate width of the driver transistor (TND3) is made to the driver transistor. The gate width of (TND4) is equal.
相對的,在本實施形態中是使驅動器電晶體(TND1)的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體(TND2)的閘極寬相異,且使驅動器電晶體(TND3)的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體(TND4)的閘極寬相異。 In contrast, in the present embodiment, the gate width of the driver transistor (TND1) is different from the gate width of the driver transistor (TND2), and the gate width of the driver transistor (TND3) and the driver transistor are made. The gate width of (TND4) is different.
圖21及圖22是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖21是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖22是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。因此,在圖21及圖22中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,有關比上述第2插塞P2還上面的構成,亦即有關第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置是與一邊參照圖4一邊說明的實 施形態1時相同。並且,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 21 and 22 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. 21 is a view showing the arrangement of the active region Ac, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 22 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. Therefore, in FIGS. 21 and 22, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the configuration of the second plug line M2, the third plug line M3, and the third layer line M3 are arranged in comparison with the above-described second plug P2. The same as when the form 1 is applied. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
有關記憶格的構成是除了AcP2與AcP1的X方向的長度(X方向的寬)及AcP4與AcP3的X方向的長度(X方向的寬)以外的構成,與實施形態1相同,因此省略其詳細的說明。 The configuration of the memory cell is the same as the length of the AcP2 and the AcP1 in the X direction (the width in the X direction) and the length of the AcP4 and the AcP3 in the X direction (the width in the X direction), and is the same as that in the first embodiment, and thus the detailed description thereof is omitted. instruction of.
如圖21所示般,例如將活性區域AcP2及活性區域AcP1的寬分別設為WAcP2,WAcP1時,亦可為WAcP2<WAcP1。並且,將活性區域AcP3及活性區域AcP4的寬分別設為WAcP3,WAcP4時,亦可為WAcP4<WAcP3。 As shown in FIG. 21, for example, when the widths of the active region AcP2 and the active region AcP1 are respectively WAcP2 and WAcP1, WAcP2<WAcP1 may be used. Further, when the widths of the active region AcP3 and the active region AcP4 are respectively WAcP3 and WAcP4, WAcP4<WAcP3 may be used.
如此,在本實施形態中,可容易調整驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)的驅動能力與存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)的驅動能力的比。亦即,僅改變活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)的寬,便可簡單地調整β比。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the ratio of the driving ability of the driver transistors (TND1 and TND2, TND3 and TND4) to the driving ability of the access transistors (TNA1, TNA2) can be easily adjusted. That is, the β ratio can be simply adjusted by merely changing the width of the active regions (AcP2 and AcP1, AcP4 and AcP3).
在實施形態1中是將存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬(TND1與TND2的閘極寬的和,TND3與TND4的閘極寬的和)設為1:2,但此比是按照SRAM的特性來適當調整。亦即,依裝置,有時會有想要按照目的用途,例如使讀出特性形成比寫入特性更佳等,而改變存取電晶體與驅動器電晶體的能力比。在此,將存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)的閘極寬設為“a”,將驅動器電晶體的閘極寬(TND1與TND2的閘極寬的 和,TND3與TND4的閘極寬的和)設為“b”,有關此比a:b可容易調整將a設為1時的b的值(亦即,b/a,有時予以稱為“β比”)。調整的範圍是例如在1.1以上3以下的範圍調整b/a為理想。更理想是在1.5以上2.5以下的範圍調整b/a。 In the first embodiment, the gate width of the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) and the gate width of the driver transistor (the sum of the gate widths of TND1 and TND2, and the sum of the gate widths of TND3 and TND4) are set. It is 1:2, but this ratio is adjusted according to the characteristics of SRAM. That is, depending on the device, there is a case where it is desired to change the capability ratio of the access transistor to the driver transistor in accordance with the intended use, for example, to make the readout characteristics better than the write characteristics. Here, the gate width of the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) is set to "a", and the gate width of the driver transistor is wide (the gate width of TND1 and TND2 is wide). And, the sum of the gate widths of TND3 and TND4 is set to "b". For this ratio a:b, the value of b when a is set to 1 (i.e., b/a, sometimes called "β ratio"). The range of adjustment is, for example, that it is desirable to adjust b/a in a range of 1.1 or more and 3 or less. More preferably, b/a is adjusted in a range of 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less.
這是因為若例如設為b/a=1.1,則在使驅動器電晶體TND1與存取電晶體TNA1的閘極寬相等,設為1時,驅動器電晶體TND2的閘極寬為0.1,成為相當窄的閘極寬,所以圖案不會安定。 This is because, for example, if b/a=1.1, the gate width of the driver transistor TND1 and the access transistor TNA1 are made equal, and when it is 1, the gate width of the driver transistor TND2 is 0.1, which is equivalent. The narrow gate is very wide, so the pattern will not settle.
因此,使驅動器電晶體TND1與TND2的閘極寬形成0.75前後。 Therefore, the gate widths of the driver transistors TND1 and TND2 are formed to be 0.75 front and rear.
相對的,若b/a=1.5,則驅動器電晶體TND2的閘極寬為0.5,大體的圖案形成為可能,或可使驅動器電晶體TND1與存取電晶體TNA1的閘極寬接近相等的方向。 In contrast, if b/a=1.5, the gate width of the driver transistor TND2 is 0.5, a general pattern is formed, or the gate width of the driver transistor TND1 and the access transistor TNA1 may be nearly equal. .
又,若例如b/a=3,則存取電晶體TNA1的閘極寬為1,驅動器電晶體TND1與TND2的閘極寬為1.5。 Further, if b/a = 3, for example, the gate width of the access transistor TNA1 is 1, and the gate width of the driver transistors TND1 and TND2 is 1.5.
相較於此,將存取電晶體TNA1的閘極寬設為1,且將驅動器電晶體TND1與TND2的閘極寬設為1.25,存取電晶體TNA1與驅動器電晶體TND1的閘極寬的差可比上述“b/a=3”的情況小的點,較為理想。 In contrast, the gate width of the access transistor TNA1 is set to 1, and the gate widths of the driver transistors TND1 and TND2 are set to 1.25, and the gates of the access transistor TNA1 and the driver transistor TND1 are wide. The difference may be smaller than the case of the above "b/a=3", which is preferable.
另外,有關其他的活性區域(AcN1,AcN2)的寬雖無限制,但在此是設定成與活性區域AcP2及活性區域AcP4的寬相同。 Further, although the width of the other active regions (AcN1, AcN2) is not limited, it is set to be the same as the width of the active region AcP2 and the active region AcP4.
並且,亦可將上述關係設為相反(WAcP2>WAcP1, WAcP4>WAcP3)來調整β比,但可想像擴大配置有2個電晶體的活性區域(AcP1,AcP3)的寬,製造偏差較少,特性的控制性也高。 Also, the above relationship can be set to the opposite (WAcP2>WAcP1, WAcP4>WAcP3) adjusts the β ratio, but it is conceivable that the width of the active region (AcP1, AcP3) in which two transistors are arranged is increased, the manufacturing variation is small, and the controllability of characteristics is also high.
而且,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置是與實施形態1(圖2)同樣,因此省略其說明。並且,有關圖22所示的第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置也是與實施形態1(圖3)同樣,因此省略其說明。 Further, since the arrangement of the gate electrode G and the first plug P1 is the same as that of the first embodiment (FIG. 2), the description thereof will be omitted. In the first plug P1 shown in FIG. 22, the arrangement of the first layer wiring M1 and the second plug P2 is also the same as that of the first embodiment (FIG. 3), and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
如此,在本實施形態中是除了在實施形態1所詳細說明的效果以外,還可實現上述效果。 As described above, in the present embodiment, in addition to the effects described in detail in the first embodiment, the above effects can be achieved.
在實施形態1所說明的連接單元中是將p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接,將n型阱(N-well)上的活性區域AcS與第2層配線M2(LVDD)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線,第2層配線M2(LVDD)是在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的電源電位線。亦即,經由被連接至記憶格的接地電位線或電源電位線來進行阱給電,但亦可利用接地電位線或電源電位線以外的配線(第3電位配線)來進行阱給電。在本實施形態中是使用第2接地電位線(LVSSB)作為p型阱(P-well)的給電用的配線。 In the connection unit described in the first embodiment, the active region AcS on the p-well (P-well) is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the active region AcS on the n-well (N-well) is connected. Connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD). The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell", and the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power source described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Potential line. That is, the trap power is supplied via the ground potential line or the power source potential line connected to the memory cell, but the well power supply may be performed by a wiring (third potential wiring) other than the ground potential line or the power source potential line. In the present embodiment, the second ground potential line (LVSSB) is used as the wiring for power supply of the p-well.
[連接單元區域的說明] [Description of Connection Unit Area]
圖23及圖24是表示本實施形態的SRAM的連接單元的構成的平面圖。圖23是表示活性區域AcS,虛擬閘極電極DG,第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖24是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖23及圖24中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1連接單元區域(例如,對應於圖18的F’的區域),例如被設定成與記憶格區域同大小。 23 and 24 are plan views showing the configuration of a connection unit of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 23 shows an arrangement of the active region AcS, the dummy gate electrode DG, the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 24 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 23 and 24, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a one-dotted line in the figure is a unit indicating a 1-connected unit area (for example, an area corresponding to F' in Fig. 18), and is set to have the same size as the memory area, for example.
在記憶格區域中,延伸於Y方向的各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是在圖23所示的連接單元中也延伸於Y方向,且p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)會在X方向排列配置。 In the memory cell region, each well (P-well, N-well, P-well) extending in the Y direction extends in the Y direction in the connection unit shown in FIG. 23, and the p-well (P-well) ), the n-well and the p-well are arranged in the X direction.
並且,在連接單元區域上設有給電用的活性區域AcS,3個的活性區域AcS會在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(AcS)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。 Further, the active region AcS for power supply is provided in the connection unit region, and the three active regions AcS are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (AcS) is a component separation region (STI).
具體而言,各活性區域AcS是各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)的露出區域,在此是被形成在X方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。並且,3的活性區域AcS是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Specifically, each active region AcS is an exposed region of each well (P-well, N-well, P-well), and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the X direction. Further, the active region AcS of 3 is disposed on the same line extending in the X direction.
在圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2(圖23)。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2 (LVSSB)(圖24)。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the p-well on the right side in the figure, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1 (FIG. 23). The second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the second plug P2. (LVSSB) (Figure 24).
此第2層配線M2(LVSSB)是第2接地電位線,成為與在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線(第2層配線M2(LVSS))相異的配線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVSS)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3。此第3層配線M3是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各第2接地電位線連接的共通第2接地電位線(圖24)。 The second layer wiring M2 (LVSSB) is a second ground potential line and is a wiring different from the ground potential line (the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS)) described in the column of the "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the third layer wiring M3 is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 is a common second ground potential line that is connected to each of the second ground potential lines of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 24).
同樣,在圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVSSB)。 Similarly, the first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the p-well on the right side in the figure, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSSB) is disposed on the second plug P2.
此第2層配線M2(LVSSB)是第2接地電位線,與在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線(第2層配線M2(LVSS))相異的配線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVSS)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3。此第3層配線M3是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各第2接地電位線連接的上述共通第2接地電位線(圖24)。 The second layer wiring M2 (LVSSB) is a second ground potential line and is different from the ground potential line (the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS)) described in the column of "the layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the third layer wiring M3 is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 is the common second ground potential line that is connected to each of the second ground potential lines of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 24).
另外,在n型阱(N-well)上的活性區域AcS上,與實施形態1的情況同樣,配置有第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1,且經由插塞P2配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是成為在「記憶 格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的電源電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVDD)上配置有第3插塞P3,且在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVDD)。此第3層配線M3(CVDD)是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的共通電源電位線(參照圖24,圖17)。 In the active region AcS on the n-well, the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second layer via the plug P2 are disposed in the same manner as in the first embodiment. Wiring M2 (LVDD). This second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is becoming "memory" The power potential line described in the column of the grid pattern layout. Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is a common power supply potential line that is connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (see FIG. 24, FIG. 17).
並且,在連接單元區域中,在從記憶格區域延伸的接地電位線(第2層配線M2(LVSS))上,經由第3插塞P3配置有共通接地電位線(第3層配線M3(CVSS))(圖24,圖17)。 In the connection unit region, a common ground potential line is disposed via the third plug P3 on the ground potential line (the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS)) extending from the memory cell region (the third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) )) (Fig. 24, Fig. 17).
如此,在本實施形態中,所謂連接至記憶格的接地電位線是以別的配線來對p型阱(P-well)進行給電,因此可個別地設定p型阱(P-well)的固定電位(電晶體的背閘極電位),及連接至記憶格的接地電位線的電位。 As described above, in the present embodiment, since the ground potential line connected to the memory cell supplies power to the p-well (P-well) by another wiring, the p-well can be individually fixed. The potential (the back gate potential of the transistor) and the potential connected to the ground potential of the memory cell.
例如,可將連接至記憶格的接地電位線的電位設為0.1V程度,將p型阱(P-well)的固定電位(電晶體的背閘極電位)設為0V。藉由如此使p型阱的固定電位比連接至記憶格的接地電位線的電位還相對地下降,會產生反餽偏壓效應,可謀求洩漏電流的低減。藉由如此將連接至記憶格的接地電位線及p型阱(P-well)的給電用的配線設為個別配線,可進行電晶體特性的微調整,使裝置特性提升。 For example, the potential of the ground potential line connected to the memory cell can be set to about 0.1 V, and the fixed potential of the p-well (P-well) (the back gate potential of the transistor) can be set to 0V. By thus lowering the fixed potential of the p-type well to the potential of the ground potential line connected to the memory cell, a feedback bias effect is generated, and a leakage current can be reduced. By thus connecting the ground potential line connected to the memory cell and the wiring for power supply of the p-well (P-well) as individual wirings, fine adjustment of the transistor characteristics can be performed, and the device characteristics can be improved.
並且,圖25是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的電路圖。記憶格的構成及電路動作是與實施形態1的情況 同樣,例如電晶體的連接關係是與圖1或圖5所示的電路圖同樣,但構成SRAM的記憶格的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的背閘極電位(在此是VSSB)不同。 Fig. 25 is a circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. The composition of the memory cell and the circuit operation are the same as those in the first embodiment. Similarly, for example, the connection relationship of the transistors is the same as the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 5, but the back gate potential of the transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TND3, TNA2, TND4) constituting the memory cell of the SRAM (in This is VSSB) different.
亦即,在圖5中雖未明示,但實際有關8個的電晶體的背閘極,n型的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的背閘極電位是接地電位(VSS),p型的電晶體(TP1,TP2)的背閘極電位是電源電位(VDD)。相對於此,在圖25中,n型的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的背閘極電位是成為第2接地電位(VSSB)。另外,p型的電晶體(TP1,TP2)的背閘極電位是電源電位(VDD)。 That is, although not explicitly shown in FIG. 5, the back gate potential of the n-type transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TND3, TNA2, TND4) is actually the ground potential of the back gate of the eight transistors. (VSS), the back gate potential of the p-type transistor (TP1, TP2) is the power supply potential (VDD). On the other hand, in FIG. 25, the back gate potential of the n-type transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TND3, TNA2, TND4) becomes the second ground potential (VSSB). In addition, the back gate potential of the p-type transistor (TP1, TP2) is the power supply potential (VDD).
另外,在本實施形態中是將接地電位線設為別的配線,但亦可將電源電位線設為別的配線。 Further, in the present embodiment, the ground potential line is set to another wiring, but the power supply potential line may be set as another wiring.
例如,在圖16所示的n型阱(N-well)上的活性區域AcS上,與實施形態1的情況同樣,配置第1插塞P1,且在該第1插塞P1上配置第1層配線M1。在第1層配線M1上設置第2插塞P2,配置第2層配線。此第2層配線是配置成位於圖16所示的電源電位線(LVDD)的右側,成為第2電源電位線(LVDDB)。亦即,2條的第2層配線之中,將左側設為電源電位線(LVDD),將右側設為第2電源電位線(LVDDB)。然後,電源電位線(LVDD)及第2電源電位線(LVDDB)是經由第3插塞P3來分別與個別的第3層配線(共通電源電位線,共通 第2電源電位線)連接。 For example, in the active region AcS on the n-well shown in FIG. 16, the first plug P1 is placed in the same manner as in the first embodiment, and the first plug P1 is placed on the first plug P1. Layer wiring M1. The second plug P2 is provided on the first layer wiring M1, and the second layer wiring is disposed. This second layer wiring is disposed on the right side of the power supply potential line (LVDD) shown in FIG. 16 and becomes the second power supply potential line (LVDDB). In other words, among the two second layer wirings, the left side is set to the power supply potential line (LVDD), and the right side is set to the second power supply potential line (LVDDB). Then, the power supply potential line (LVDD) and the second power supply potential line (LVDDB) are respectively connected to the respective third layer wiring (common power source potential line via the third plug P3). The second power supply potential line is connected.
若根據上述構成,則可將p型的電晶體(TP1,TP2)的背閘極電位設為第2電源電位(VDDB)。例如,藉由在第2電源電位線(LVDDB)與連接至記憶格的電源電位線(電源電位線(LVDD))之間設置具有比較高的導通阻抗值之p型的電晶體,可抑制閂鎖(latch-up)現象的發生。 According to the above configuration, the back gate potential of the p-type transistor (TP1, TP2) can be set to the second power supply potential (VDDB). For example, by providing a p-type transistor having a relatively high on-resistance value between the second power supply potential line (LVDDB) and a power supply potential line (power supply potential line (LVDD)) connected to the memory cell, the latch can be suppressed. The occurrence of a lock-up phenomenon.
如以上般,亦可將接地電位(VSS)側設為別的配線構成,且亦可將電源電位(VDD)側設為別的配線構成。當然,亦可在接地電位(VSS)側及電源電位(VDD)側的雙方適用別的配線構成。 As described above, the ground potential (VSS) side may be configured as another wiring, and the power supply potential (VDD) side may be set to another wiring configuration. Of course, other wiring configurations may be applied to both the ground potential (VSS) side and the power supply potential (VDD) side.
在實施形態1所說明的記憶格是以AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4的順序,在X方向排列配置6個的活性區域(圖2),但亦可替換AcP2與AcP1的位置,及替換AcP3與AcP4的位置(參照圖26)。 In the memory cell described in the first embodiment, six active regions (Fig. 2) are arranged in the X direction in the order of AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, and AcP4, but the positions of AcP2 and AcP1 may be replaced. And replace the position of AcP3 and AcP4 (refer to Figure 26).
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
圖26~圖28是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖26是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖27是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖28是表示第2插塞 P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖26及圖27中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖27及圖28中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 26 to 28 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 26 shows the arrangement of the active region Ac, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 27 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. Figure 28 is a diagram showing the second plug P2, the arrangement of the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 26 and 27, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 27 and 28, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
如圖26所示般,在半導體基板中,p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖26中是只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際如前述般,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12~圖14),該等的阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是形成延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,Ac)。 As shown in FIG. 26, in the semiconductor substrate, a p-well, an n-well, and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 26, only one (1-bit) memory cell area is displayed. However, as described above, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to Figs. 12 to 14), and the wells are P-well, N-well, P-well) is formed to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, Ac).
並且,在半導體基板中,6個的活性區域是在X方向排列配置。與實施形態1的情況不同,在本實施形態中是依AcP1,AcP2,AcN1,AcN2,AcP4,AcP3的順序排列配置。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, six active regions are arranged side by side in the X direction. Unlike the case of the first embodiment, in the present embodiment, AcP1, AcP2, AcN1, AcN2, AcP4, and AcP3 are arranged in this order.
其他的構成(G,P1等)是與實施形態1同樣,因此省略其詳細的說明。並且,圖27及圖28所示的第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1,第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置也是與一邊參照圖3及圖4一邊說明的實施形態1的情況大致相同,因此省略其詳細的說明。 The other configurations (G, P1, etc.) are the same as those in the first embodiment, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, in the first plug P1 shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, the arrangement of the first layer wiring M1, the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is also one side. The case of the first embodiment described with reference to Figs. 3 and 4 is substantially the same, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.
如此,本實施形態是在記憶格區域中,針對在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀的活性區域AcP1及AcP2的配置,使比長邊更長的AcP1遠離n型阱(N-well)來配置。並且,在記憶格區域中,針對在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀的活性區域AcP4及AcP3的配置,使比長邊更長的AcP3遠離n型阱(N-well)來配置。藉由如此的配置,可降低阱近接效應。 As described above, in the present embodiment, in the memory cell region, the arrangement of the substantially rectangular active regions AcP1 and AcP2 having the long sides in the Y direction is such that the AcP1 longer than the long side is away from the n-well (N-well). Configuration. Further, in the memory cell region, the arrangement of the substantially rectangular active regions AcP4 and AcP3 having long sides in the Y direction is arranged such that AcP3 longer than the long side is disposed away from the n-well (N-well). With such a configuration, the well proximity effect can be reduced.
阱近接效應是意指例如在n型雜質的導入區域以外的區域形成光阻劑膜,阻止n型雜質的導入,藉此形成n型阱時,被注入至光阻劑膜的端部(例如,元件分離區域STI中)的n型雜質會擴散至被形成於p型阱的n型的電晶體的閘極電極或源極‧汲極區域,使n型的電晶體的特性劣化的現象。同樣,在p型的電晶體中也會受到p型阱形成時的p型雜質的影響。如此,在n型阱與p型阱的境界部是容易產生阱近接效應所造成的電晶體特性的變動,此問題會因記憶格的微細化而變得顯著。 The well proximity effect means that, for example, a photoresist film is formed in a region other than the introduction region of the n-type impurity, and introduction of the n-type impurity is prevented, whereby the n-type well is implanted into the end portion of the photoresist film (for example) The n-type impurity in the element isolation region STI is diffused to the gate electrode or the source ‧thole region of the n-type transistor formed in the p-type well, and the characteristics of the n-type transistor are deteriorated. Similarly, in a p-type transistor, it is also affected by a p-type impurity at the time of formation of a p-type well. As described above, in the boundary portion between the n-type well and the p-type well, variation in the transistor characteristics due to the well-contact effect is likely to occur, and this problem is remarkable due to the miniaturization of the memory cell.
然而,在本實施形態中是使比長邊更長的活性區域,換言之,配置有更多的電晶體的活性區域(AcP1及AcP3)遠離n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界來配置,藉此降低阱近接效應,可使電晶體特性提升。 However, in the present embodiment, the active region longer than the long side, in other words, the active regions (AcP1 and AcP3) in which more transistors are disposed away from the n-well and the p-well (P) -well) is configured to reduce the well proximity effect and improve transistor characteristics.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態之電路圖顯示於圖29。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection states is shown. In Figure 29.
由此圖29亦可明確,電晶體TNA1及TNA2會遠離n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界來配置(參照圖中的箭號)。 As can be seen from Fig. 29, the transistors TNA1 and TNA2 are arranged away from the boundary of the n-well and the p-well (see the arrows in the figure).
如此,可降低阱近接效應,使電晶體特性(例如,TNA1或TNA2的特性等)提升。 In this way, the well proximity effect can be reduced, and the transistor characteristics (for example, characteristics of TNA1 or TNA2, etc.) can be improved.
在本實施形態中是除了在實施形態1所詳細說明的效果以外,還可實現上述效果。 In the present embodiment, in addition to the effects described in detail in the first embodiment, the above effects can be achieved.
在實施形態1所說明的記憶格中,是在各電晶體的源極‧汲極區域上及閘極電極G上設置第1插塞P1,藉此利用上層的配線來結線,但亦可利用共用插塞(共用接觸)SP1來結線。 In the memory cell described in the first embodiment, the first plug P1 is provided on the source ‧th pole region of each transistor and the gate electrode G, and the upper layer wiring is used to connect the wires. The common plug (common contact) SP1 is used to connect the wires.
圖30~圖32是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖30是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G,第1插塞P1及共用第1插塞SP1的配置。圖31是表示第1插塞P1,共用第1插塞SP1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖32是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖30及圖31中是以第1插塞P1及共用第1插塞SP1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖31及圖32中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1 位元)的記憶格區域。 30 to 32 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. FIG. 30 shows an arrangement of the active region Ac, the gate electrode G, the first plug P1, and the common first plug SP1. FIG. 31 shows an arrangement in which the first plug P1 shares the first plug SP1 and the first layer wiring M1 and the second plug P2. FIG. 32 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 30 and 31, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1 and the common first plug SP1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 31 and 32, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is 1 (1) The memory cell area of the bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
有關本實施形態的記憶格的圖案佈局,上述共用第1插塞SP1的部分以外的構成是與實施形態1同樣,因此省略其詳細的說明,針對共用第1插塞SP1的附近的構成詳細說明。 In the pattern layout of the memory cell of the present embodiment, the configuration other than the portion in which the first plug SP1 is shared is the same as that in the first embodiment. Therefore, the detailed description thereof will be omitted, and the configuration in which the vicinity of the first plug SP1 is shared will be described in detail. .
如圖30所示般,在本實施形態中也是與實施形態1同樣,p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。並且,6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(Ac)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。 As shown in Fig. 30, in the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the p-well, the n-well and the p-well are arranged in the X direction. Configuration. Further, six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4) are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (Ac) is a component separation region (STI).
在上述6個活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)上,閘極電極G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在實施形態1的「電路構成」的欄所說明的8個電晶體。 In the above six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4), the gate electrode G is extended by a gate insulating film (GO) so as to be able to pass through each active region in the X direction. The eight transistors described in the column of "circuit configuration" of the first embodiment are constructed.
具體而言,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及AcN1上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G1。藉此,在活性區域AcP2上配置有TND2,在活性區域AcP1上配置有TND1及在活性區域AcN1上配置有TP1,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcP1上,與上述共通的閘極電極G1並行,配置有其他的閘極電極G2。藉此,在 活性區域AcP1上配置有TNA1,連接TNA1的源極‧汲極區域與TND1的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 Specifically, a common gate electrode G1 is disposed so as to pass through the active regions AcP2, AcP1, and AcN1. Thereby, TND2 is disposed on the active region AcP2, TND1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and TP1 is disposed on the active region AcN1 to connect the gate electrodes (G). In the active region AcP1, another gate electrode G2 is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G1. In this way, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and the source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized).
並且,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G3。藉此,在活性區域AcP4上配置有TND4,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TND3及在活性區域AcN2上配置有TP2,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcP3上,與上述共通的閘極電極G3並行,配置有其他的閘極電極G4。藉此,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TNA2,連接TNA2的源極‧汲極區域與TND3的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 Further, a common gate electrode G3 is disposed so as to pass through the active regions AcP4, AcP3, and AcN2. Thereby, TND4 is disposed on the active region AcP4, TND3 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and TP2 is disposed on the active region AcN2, and the gate electrode (G) is connected to the active region AcN2. In the active region AcP3, another gate electrode G4 is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G3. Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (combined).
並且,上述4個的閘極電極G是各2個配置於同一線上。具體而言,穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及AcN1上的共通的閘極電極G1與活性區域AcP3上的閘極電極G4是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的共通的閘極電極G3與活性區域AcP1上的閘極電極G2是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Further, the four gate electrodes G are arranged on the same line. Specifically, the common gate electrode G1 passing through the active region AcP2, AcP1 and AcN1 and the gate electrode G4 on the active region AcP3 are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction. The common gate electrode G3 passing through the active region AcP4, AcP3 and AcN2 and the gate electrode G2 on the active region AcP1 are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction.
上述8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的源極‧汲極區域上配置有第1插塞P1。並且,在上述4個的閘極電極上也被配置有第1插塞P1。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the source ‧th pole region of the above eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4). Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the four gate electrodes.
在此,在TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域,及TP1,TND2,TND1的共通的閘極電極G1上,配置有一連續的插塞(一體的插塞)之共用第1插塞SP1。並且,在TP1 的一方的源極‧汲極區域,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極G3上,配置有一連續的插塞之共用第1插塞SP1。 Here, in the source ‧th pole region of one of TP2 and the common gate electrode G1 of TP1, TND2, and TND1, a common plug (integrated plug) is disposed to share the first plug SP1. And, at TP1 On the common gate electrode G3 of one of the source ‧th pole regions and TP2, TND3, and TND4, the first plug SP1 is provided with a continuous plug.
如此,亦可使用共用第1插塞SP1來連接應電性連接的源極‧汲極區域及閘極電極G。 In this manner, the source ‧thole region and the gate electrode G to be electrically connected can be connected by using the common first plug SP1.
藉由如此使用共用第1插塞SP1,不需要圖2所示之第1插塞P1d及P1h的配置,因此如圖30所示般,可縮小活性區域AcN1與AcN2間的距離。因此,例如與實施形態1的記憶格(參照圖2)作比較,可縮小記憶格面積。 By using the shared first plug SP1 as described above, the arrangement of the first plugs P1d and P1h shown in FIG. 2 is not required, so that the distance between the active regions AcN1 and AcN2 can be reduced as shown in FIG. Therefore, for example, compared with the memory cell of the first embodiment (see Fig. 2), the memory cell area can be reduced.
另外,第1插塞P1及共用第1插塞SP1的上層的圖案的佈局,亦即,第1層配線M1,第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置是如圖31及圖32所示般,與一邊參照圖3及圖4一邊說明的實施形態1的情況幾乎相同,所以在此省略其詳細的說明。 In addition, the layout of the pattern of the upper layer of the first plug P1 and the common first plug SP1, that is, the first layer wiring M1, the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third As shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 32, the arrangement of the layer wiring M3 is almost the same as that of the first embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖33。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection states is shown. In Figure 33.
在此圖33中,根據上述共用第1插塞SP1的結線之處是對應於圖中的畫圈之處,源極‧汲極區域與閘極電極G會利用一連續的插塞(共用第1插塞SP1)來結線。 In this FIG. 33, according to the above-mentioned common junction of the first plug SP1, corresponding to the circle in the figure, the source ‧thole region and the gate electrode G utilize a continuous plug (shared 1 plug SP1) to tie the line.
藉由如此使用共用第1插塞SP1,可縮小記憶格面積。 By using the shared first plug SP1 as described above, the memory cell area can be reduced.
在本實施形態中是除了在實施形態1所詳細說明的效果以外,還可實現上述效果。 In the present embodiment, in addition to the effects described in detail in the first embodiment, the above effects can be achieved.
在實施形態1中是將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度(圖中縱方向的長度)設為後述的電晶體2個份的長度(高度),但在本實施形態中將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為電晶體4個份的長度。所謂電晶體1個份的長度是意指將閘極電極的Y方向的寬設為a1,將閘極電極間的Y方向的距離設為b1時,a1與b1的和(a1+b1)。例如,在實施形態1中,延伸於記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度是2(a1+b1),成為電晶體2個份的長度(參照圖2)。並且,在本實施形態中是將延伸於記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為4(a1+b1)。 In the first embodiment, the length (the length in the vertical direction in the drawing) of the side of the Y-direction extending in the memory cell region of the substantially rectangular shape is the length (height) of two parts of the transistor to be described later. The length of the side in the Y direction extending from the memory cell region of the substantially rectangular shape is set to be the length of 4 parts of the transistor. The length of one part of the transistor means the sum (a1+b1) of a1 and b1 when the width of the gate electrode in the Y direction is a1 and the distance in the Y direction between the gate electrodes is b1. For example, in the first embodiment, the length of the side extending in the Y direction of the memory cell region is 2 (a1 + b1), which is the length of two copies of the transistor (see Fig. 2). Further, in the present embodiment, the length of the side extending in the Y direction extending from the memory cell region is 4 (a1 + b1).
並且,換言之,在實施形態1中是將閘極電極G配置成2段(2行),但在本實施形態中是將閘極電極G配置成4段(4行)。 In other words, in the first embodiment, the gate electrode G is arranged in two stages (two rows). However, in the present embodiment, the gate electrode G is arranged in four stages (four rows).
另外,本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的電路構成及電路動作是與一邊參照圖1一邊說明的實施形態1時同樣。 The circuit configuration and circuit operation of the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment described with reference to Fig. 1 .
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖34~圖36是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的 構成的平面圖。圖34是表示活性區域A,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖35是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖36是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖34及圖35中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖35及圖36是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 34 to 36 are diagrams showing the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. The floor plan that constitutes. FIG. 34 shows the arrangement of the active region A, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 35 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 36 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 34 and 35, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 35 and 36, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
[A,G,P1] [A, G, P1]
如圖34所示般,在半導體基板中,p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖34中是只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),該等的阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是形成延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,A)。 As shown in FIG. 34, in the semiconductor substrate, a p-well, an n-well, and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 34, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to Fig. 12), and these wells (P-well, N-well) , P-well) is formed extending in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, A).
並且,在半導體基板中,3個的活性區域(AP1,AN,AP2)會在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(A)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,以元件分離區域(STI)來區劃活性區域(A)。並且,上述各阱(P- well,N-well,P-well)是以元件分離區域STI的下部聯繫。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, three active regions (AP1, AN, AP2) are arranged side by side in the X direction. Between these active regions (A) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, the active region (A) is partitioned by a component separation region (STI). And, each of the above wells (P- Well, N-well, P-well) is the lower contact of the element separation region STI.
具體而言,活性區域AP1是p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在圖34中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AP1是與鄰接的記憶格(在此是圖34所示的記憶格區域的下側的記憶格)的活性區域連續配置。 Specifically, the active region AP1 is an exposed region of a p-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. In addition, in FIG. 34, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to FIG. 12), and thus the memory cell array is The active area AP1 is continuously arranged in the active area of the adjacent memory cell (here, the memory cell on the lower side of the memory cell area shown in FIG. 34).
活性區域AN是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 The active region AN is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
活性區域AP2是位於上述n型阱的圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12)因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AP2是與鄰接的記憶格(在此是圖34所示的記憶格區域的上側的記憶格)的活性區域連續配置。 The active region AP2 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) located on the right side of the n-type well, and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. Further, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to FIG. 12). Therefore, in the memory cell array, the active area AP2 is adjacent to the memory cell (here, the memory on the upper side of the memory cell area shown in FIG. The active area of the grid is continuously arranged.
在上述3個的活性區域(AP1,AN,AP2)上,閘極電極G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在實施形態1的「電路構成」的欄所說明的8個電晶體。 In the three active regions (AP1, AN, AP2), the gate electrode G extends through the gate insulating film (GO) so as to be able to pass through the active regions in the X direction, and is configured in Embodiment 1. The eight transistors described in the column of "Circuit Configuration".
具體而言,以能夠穿過活性區域AP1,AN及AP2上的方式配置有2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)。藉此,在活性區域AP2上,TND2及TND3會共有源極‧汲極區 域而串聯配置,在活性區域AP1上,TND1及TND4會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置,而且,在活性區域AN上,TP1及TP2會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置。並且,藉由一方的共通的閘極電極G1來連接TND1,TP1及TND2的閘極電極(G),藉由另一方的共通閘極電極G3來連接TND3,TP2及TND4的閘極電極(G)。該等的2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)是並行延伸於X方向而配置。 Specifically, two common gate electrodes (G1, G3) are disposed so as to pass through the active regions AP1, AN, and AP2. Thereby, on the active area AP2, TND2 and TND3 will share the source ‧ bungee area The domains are arranged in series. On the active region AP1, TND1 and TND4 share a source ‧ a drain region and are arranged in series. Further, in the active region AN, TP1 and TP2 share a source ‧ a drain region and are arranged in series. Further, TND1, TP1 and TND2 gate electrodes (G) are connected by one common gate electrode G1, and TND3, TP2 and TND4 gate electrodes are connected by the other common gate electrode G3 (G). ). The two common gate electrodes (G1, G3) are arranged to extend in parallel in the X direction.
並且,在活性區域AP1上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極G並行,配置有一閘極電極G2。藉此,在活性區域AP1上配置有TNA1,連接TNA1的源極‧汲極區域與TND1的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。而且,在活性區域AP2上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)並行,配置有其他的閘極電極G4。藉此,在活性區域AP2上配置有TNA2,連接TNA2的源極‧汲極區域與TND3的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 Further, in the active region AP1, a gate electrode G2 is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes G. Thereby, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AP1, and the source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized). Further, in the active region AP2, another gate electrode G4 is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes (G1, G3). Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AP2, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (combined).
如此,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置在相異的活性區域(AP1,AP2)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AP1,AP2)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度會提升。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor division (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) is disposed on the different active regions (AP1, AP2). Further, by extending the active regions (AP1, AP2) in the Y direction, the layout becomes simple and the processing accuracy is improved.
因此,與實施形態1同樣,在活性區域(A)的形狀不設角部(彎曲部),可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 Therefore, similarly to the first embodiment, the shape of the active region (A) is not provided with a corner portion (bending portion), and the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor can be easily made 1:2.
並且,在上述活性區域(AP1,AP2)各配置3個電晶體,因此可減少活性區域的個數。藉此,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, since three transistors are disposed in each of the active regions (AP1, AP2), the number of active regions can be reduced. Thereby, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(A)延伸於Y方向,可使閘極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(A)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。尤其是如在實施形態1詳細說明那樣,多重曝光技術的採用變得容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。並且,模擬模式作成變得容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 Further, by extending the active region (A) in the Y direction, the gate electrode (G) can be extended in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (A) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be achieved. Upgrade. In particular, as described in detail in the first embodiment, the use of the multiple exposure technique is facilitated, and the processing accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the simulation mode is made easy, and the inspection accuracy can be improved.
[P1,M1,P2] [P1, M1, P2]
如圖35所示般,在一邊參照上述圖34一邊說明的8個電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的源極‧汲極區域上配置第1插塞P1。並且,在一邊參照上述圖34一邊說明的4個閘極電極上也配置有第1插塞P1。 As shown in FIG. 35, the first plug is placed on the source ‧th pole region of the eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) described with reference to FIG. P1. Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the four gate electrodes described with reference to FIG. 34 described above.
在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1,可謀求第1插塞P1間的電性連接。 The first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1, and electrical connection between the first plugs P1 can be achieved.
具體而言,TND2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1A,及TND1,TNA1的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1B,及TP1的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1C,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極(G3)上的第1插塞P1D會以第1層配線(第1節點配線)M1A來連接。此第1層配線M1A可與圖1的蓄積節 點A對應。上述“一方的”是表示圖中的下側的源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, the first plug P1A on one source ‧ the drain region of TND2, and the first plug P1B on the common source ‧ drain region of TND1 and TNA1, and one source of TP1 The first plug P1C on the drain region and the first plug P1D on the common gate electrode (G3) of TP2, TND3, and TND4 are connected by the first layer wiring (first node wiring) M1A. This first layer wiring M1A can be combined with the accumulation section of FIG. Point A corresponds. The above "one side" is a source ‧ a bungee region on the lower side in the figure.
TND4的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1E,及TND3,TNA2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1F,及TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1G,及TP1,TND1,TND2的共通的閘極電極(G1)上的第1插塞P1H會以第1層配線M1B來連接。此第1層配線(第2節點配線)M1B可與圖1的蓄積節點B對應。在此的“一方的”是表示圖中的上側的源極‧汲極區域。 The first plug P1E on the source ‧th pole region of one of TND4, the first plug P1F on the common source ‧thole region of TND3 and TNA2, and the source ‧thole region of one of TP2 The first plug P1G on the upper plug and the first plug P1H on the common gate electrode (G1) of TP1, TND1, and TND2 are connected by the first layer wiring M1B. The first layer wiring (second node wiring) M1B can correspond to the storage node B of FIG. 1 . Here, "one side" means a source ‧ a bungee region on the upper side in the figure.
並且,在TND2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1I上配置有第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1S。而且,在TND1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1J上配置有第1層配線M1S。 Further, a first layer wiring (pad region) M1S is disposed on the first plug P1I on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 2 . Further, the first layer wiring M1S is disposed on the first plug P1J on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 1 .
並且,在TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1K上配置有第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1D。此第1層配線M1D可與圖1的電源電位(VDD)對應,如後述般,與電源電位線(LVDD)連接。 Further, a first layer wiring (pad region) M1D is disposed on the first plug P1K on the common source ‧ drain region of TP1 and TP2. The first layer wiring M1D can correspond to the power supply potential (VDD) of FIG. 1, and is connected to the power supply potential line (LVDD) as will be described later.
並且,在TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1L,及TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1M上,分別配置有第1層配線M1BL。 Further, the first plug P1L on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 1 and the first plug P1M on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 2 are respectively arranged with the first layer wiring M1BL.
並且,在TNA1的閘極電極(G2)上的第1插塞P1N,及TNA2的閘極電極(G4)上的第1插塞P1O上,分別配置有第1層配線M1W。 Further, the first layer wiring M1W is disposed on the first plug P1N on the gate electrode (G2) of the TNA1 and the first plug P1O on the gate electrode (G4) of the TNA2.
上述複數的第1插塞P1間的第1層配線M1的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形。 The connection state of the first layer wiring M1 between the plurality of first plugs P1 is variously modified as long as it conforms to the state of the junction of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 1.
[P2,M2,P3,M3] [P2, M2, P3, M3]
如圖36所示般,在一邊參照上述圖35一邊說明的第1層配線M1之中,與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)以外的第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2,更在其上部配置有第2層配線M2。 As shown in FIG. 36, among the first layer wirings M1 described with reference to FIG. 35, the first layer other than the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the storage node (A or B) The second plug P2 is disposed on the wiring M1, and the second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the upper portion thereof.
具體而言,與TNA1的閘極電極(G2)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。並且,與TNA2的閘極電極(G4)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2W是在記憶格區域的X方向的兩端部,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。而且,在該等2條的第2層配線M2W上配置有第3插塞P3,且以能夠連接2個第3插塞P3的方式,在X方向配置有第3層配線M3(WL)。此第3層配線M3(WL)是字元線。 Specifically, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G2) of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. Further, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G4) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2W are disposed at both end portions in the X direction of the memory cell region, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction. Further, the third plug P3 is disposed on the two second layer wirings M2W, and the third layer wiring M3 (WL) is disposed in the X direction so that the two third plugs P3 can be connected. This third layer wiring M3 (WL) is a word line.
並且,與TND2及TND3的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1I)連接的第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。與TND1及TND4的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1J)連接的第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2 (LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。該等2條的接地電位線是在前述記憶格區域的兩端部所配置的2條第2層配線M2的內側,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring (pad region) M1S connected to the source ‧ 汲 region (P1I) common to TND2 and TND3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The first layer wiring (pad area) M1S connected to the source ‧thole region (P1J) common to TND1 and TND4 is via the second plug P2 and the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) connection. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The two ground potential lines are inside the two second layer wirings M2 disposed at both end portions of the memory cell region, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BL)連接。此第2層配線M2(BL)是位元線對的其中一位元線。與TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BL)連接。此第2層配線M2(/BL)是其他的位元線。該等2條的位元線(BL,/BL)是在前述2條的接地電位線(LVSS)的內側,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BL) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (BL) is one of the bit lines of the bit line pair. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BL) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (/BL) is another bit line. The two bit lines (BL, /BL) are arranged inside the two ground potential lines (LVSS) so as to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1K)連接的第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1D是經由第2插塞來與第2層配線M2(LVDD)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是電源電位線。 Further, the first layer wiring (pad region) M1D connected to the source ‧ 汲 region (P1K) common to TP1 and TP2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) via the second plug. This second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line.
上述第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形,但如前述般,藉由以第2層配線M2為主來延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線M3為主來延伸於X方向,可實現簡單的佈局。另外,在圖34~圖36中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向及Y方向,因此在記憶格陣列中,上述接地電位線 (LVSS),位元線(BL,/BL),電源電位線(LVDD)是配置成延伸於Y方向,字元線(WL)是配置成延伸於X方向。 The connection state of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is variously deformed as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. In general, the second layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring M3 is mainly extended in the X direction, thereby achieving a simple layout. In addition, in FIG. 34 to FIG. 36, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, and thus is memorized. In the grid array, the above ground potential line (LVSS), the bit line (BL, /BL), the power supply potential line (LVDD) is arranged to extend in the Y direction, and the word line (WL) is arranged to extend in the X direction.
並且,在本實施形態中,由於在第2層配線M2W(與字元線連接的第2層配線)與位元線(BL,/BL)之間配置接地電位線(LVSS),因此會產生接地電位線(LVSS)的屏蔽效應,可降低第2層配線M2W(與字元線連接的第2層配線)與位元線(BL,/BL)的相互作用(串音雜訊)。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the ground potential line (LVSS) is disposed between the second layer wiring M2W (the second layer wiring connected to the word line) and the bit line (BL, /BL), it is generated. The shielding effect of the ground potential line (LVSS) can reduce the interaction (crosstalk noise) between the second layer wiring M2W (the second layer wiring connected to the word line) and the bit line (BL, /BL).
另外,一邊參照圖34~圖36一邊說明的各圖案是對記憶格區域的中心點配置成點對稱。 Further, each of the patterns described with reference to FIGS. 34 to 36 is arranged in point symmetry with respect to the center point of the memory cell region.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖37。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection states is shown. In Figure 37.
[記憶格陣列的構成] [Composition of memory array]
本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列是與實施形態1同樣配置成陣列狀。亦即,如在實施形態1中一邊參照圖12一邊說明那樣,記憶格區域(“F”)係對延伸於X方向的線,重複配置成線對稱,且對延伸於Y方向的線,重複配置成線對稱。 The memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment is arranged in an array in the same manner as in the first embodiment. That is, as described with reference to Fig. 12 in the first embodiment, the memory cell region ("F") is repeatedly arranged in line symmetry with respect to the line extending in the X direction, and is repeated for the line extending in the Y direction. Configured to be line symmetrical.
[連接單元區域的說明] [Description of Connection Unit Area]
並且,在本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列中,與實施形態1同樣,設有連接單元區域。經由連接單元區域來對各阱供給預定的電位(例如接地電位VSS或電源電位VDD)。 Further, in the memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, a connection unit region is provided. Each well is supplied with a predetermined potential (for example, a ground potential VSS or a power supply potential VDD) via the connection unit region.
在實施形態6中是將p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)排列於X方向而配置(圖34),但亦可將n型阱(N-well)的兩側的p型阱(P-well)匯集於一方而配置(圖38)。 In the sixth embodiment, the p-well, the n-well and the p-well are arranged in the X direction (Fig. 34), but the n-type may be used. The p-wells on both sides of the well (N-well) are arranged in one side (Fig. 38).
另外,在本實施形態中是與實施形態6同樣,將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為電晶體4個份的長度。換言之,在本實施形態中是閘極電極G配置成4段(4行)。 Further, in the present embodiment, as in the sixth embodiment, the length of the side extending in the Y direction extending from the substantially rectangular memory cell region is set to be four lengths of the crystal. In other words, in the present embodiment, the gate electrode G is arranged in four stages (four rows).
另外,本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的電路構成及電路動作是與一邊參照圖1一邊說明的實施形態1的情況同樣。 The circuit configuration and circuit operation of the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment are the same as those of the first embodiment described with reference to FIG.
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖38~圖40是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖38是表示活性區域A,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖39是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖40是表示第2插塞 P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖38及圖39是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖39及圖40是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 38 to 40 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. 38 is a view showing the arrangement of the active region A, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 39 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. Figure 40 is a view showing the second plug P2, the arrangement of the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 38 and 39, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 39 and 40, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
[A,G,P1] [A, G, P1]
如圖38所示般,在半導體基板中,n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖38中是只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此雙方的阱(N-well,P-well)是形成延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,A)。 As shown in FIG. 38, in the semiconductor substrate, an n-well and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 38, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (see Fig. 12), so both wells (N-well, P-well) ) is formed extending in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, A).
並且,在半導體基板中,3個的活性區域(AN,AP1,AP2)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(A)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,以元件分離區域(STI)來區劃活性區域(A)。而且,上述各阱(N-well,P-well)是以元件分離區域STI的下部來聯繫。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, three active regions (AN, AP1, AP2) are arranged side by side in the X direction. Between these active regions (A) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, the active region (A) is partitioned by a component separation region (STI). Further, each of the above wells (N-well, P-well) is associated with the lower portion of the element isolation region STI.
具體而言,活性區域AN是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 Specifically, the active region AN is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
活性區域AP1是位於上述n型阱的圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在圖38中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置,因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AP1是線狀地延伸於Y方向。 The active region AP1 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) located on the right side of the n-type well, and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. In addition, in FIG. 38, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, so in the memory cell array, the active area AP1 It extends linearly in the Y direction.
活性區域AP2是上述p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,被配置於活性區域AP1的旁邊,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 The active region AP2 is an exposed region of the p-well (P-well), and is disposed beside the active region AP1 and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
在上述3個的活性區域(AN,Ap1,AP2)上,閘極電極G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在實施形態1的「電路構成」的欄所說明的8個電晶體。 In the above three active regions (AN, Ap1, AP2), the gate electrode G is extended so as to pass through each active region in the X direction via the gate insulating film (GO), and is configured in Embodiment 1. The eight transistors described in the column of "Circuit Configuration".
具體而言,以能夠穿過活性區域AN,AP1及AP2上的方式配置有2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)。藉此,在活性區域AP2上,TND2及TND4會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置,在活性區域AP1上,TND1及TND3會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置,而且,在活性區域AN上,TP1及TP2會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置。並且,藉由一方的共通的閘極電極G1來連接TP1,TND1及TND2的閘極電極(G),藉由另一方的共通閘極電極G3來連接TP2,TND3及TND4的閘極電極(G)。該等的2個共通的閘極電極G是並行延伸於X方向而配置。 Specifically, two common gate electrodes (G1, G3) are disposed so as to pass through the active regions AN, AP1 and AP2. Therefore, in the active region AP2, TND2 and TND4 share the source ‧thole region and are arranged in series. On the active region AP1, TND1 and TND3 share the source ‧thole region and are arranged in series, and in the active region On the AN, TP1 and TP2 will share the source ‧ 汲 region and be connected in series. Further, TP1, TND1 and TND2 gate electrodes (G) are connected by one common gate electrode G1, and TP2, TND3 and TND4 gate electrodes are connected by the other common gate electrode G3 (G) ). The two common gate electrodes G are arranged to extend in the X direction in parallel.
並且,在活性區域AP1上,與上述2個共通的閘極 電極(G1,G3)並行,配置有一閘極電極G2。藉此,在活性區域AP1上配置有TNA1,連接TNA1的源極‧汲極區域與TND1的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。而且,在活性區域AP1上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極G並行,配置有其他的閘極電極G4。藉此,在活性區域AP1上配置有TNA2,連接TNA2的源極‧汲極區域與TND3的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 And, on the active area AP1, the two common gates The electrodes (G1, G3) are arranged in parallel with a gate electrode G2. Thereby, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AP1, and the source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized). Further, in the active region AP1, another gate electrode G4 is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes G. Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AP1, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (combined).
如此,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置在相異的活性區域(AP1,AP2)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AP1,AP2)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度會提升。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor division (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) is disposed on the different active regions (AP1, AP2). Further, by extending the active regions (AP1, AP2) in the Y direction, the layout becomes simple and the processing accuracy is improved.
因此,與實施形態1同樣,在活性區域(A)的形狀不設角部(彎曲部),可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 Therefore, similarly to the first embodiment, the shape of the active region (A) is not provided with a corner portion (bending portion), and the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor can be easily made 1:2.
並且,也將存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)配置於上述活性區域(AP1),因此可減少活性區域的個數。另外,在此是存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2)也配置於上述活性區域(AP1),但亦可分別在2個活性區域AP1及AP2各配置1個存取電晶體。如此,只要在分割驅動器電晶體而配置的活性區域(在此是AP1,AP2)適當配置剩下的n型的電晶體即可。藉此,可減少活性區域的個數。其結果,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, since the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) is also disposed in the active region (AP1), the number of active regions can be reduced. Here, the access transistor (TNA1, TNA2) is also disposed in the active region (AP1), but one access transistor may be disposed in each of the two active regions AP1 and AP2. In this manner, the remaining n-type transistors may be appropriately disposed in the active region (here, AP1, AP2) disposed to divide the driver transistor. Thereby, the number of active areas can be reduced. As a result, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(A)延伸於Y方向,可使閘 極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(A)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。尤其是如在實施形態1詳細說明那樣,多重曝光技術的採用變得容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。並且,模擬模式作成變得容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 And, by extending the active region (A) in the Y direction, the gate can be The electrode (G) extends in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (A) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be improved. In particular, as described in detail in the first embodiment, the use of the multiple exposure technique is facilitated, and the processing accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the simulation mode is made easy, and the inspection accuracy can be improved.
[P1,M1,P2] [P1, M1, P2]
如圖39所示般,在一邊參照上述圖38一邊說明的8個電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4)的源極‧汲極區域上配置有第1插塞P1。並且,在一邊參照上述圖38一邊說明的4個閘極電極上也配置有第1插塞P1。 As shown in FIG. 39, the first insertion is arranged in the source ‧th pole region of the eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) described with reference to FIG. 38 described above. Plug P1. Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the four gate electrodes described with reference to FIG. 38 described above.
在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1,可謀求第1插塞P1間的電性連接。 The first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1, and electrical connection between the first plugs P1 can be achieved.
具體而言,TND2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1A,及TND1,TNA1的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1B,及TP1的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1C,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極(G3)上的第1插塞P1D會以第1層配線M1A來連接。此第1層配線(第1節點配線)M1A可與圖1的蓄積節點A對應。上述“一方的”是表示圖中的下側的源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, the first plug P1A on one source ‧ the drain region of TND2, and the first plug P1B on the common source ‧ drain region of TND1 and TNA1, and one source of TP1 The first plug P1C on the drain region and the first plug P1D on the common gate electrode (G3) of TP2, TND3, and TND4 are connected by the first layer wiring M1A. This first layer wiring (first node wiring) M1A can correspond to the accumulation node A of FIG. The above "one side" is a source ‧ a bungee region on the lower side in the figure.
TND4的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1E,及TND3,TNA2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞 P1F,及TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1G,及TP1,TND1,TND2的共通的閘極電極(G1)上的第1插塞P1H會以第1層配線(第2節點配線)M1B來連接。此第1層配線M1B可與圖1的蓄積節點B對應。在此的“一方的”是表示圖中的上側的源極‧汲極區域。 The first plug P1E on one of the source ‧ bungee regions of TND4, and the first plug on the common source ‧ bungee region of TND3 and TNA2 The first plug P1G on the source ‧th pole region of one of P1F and TP2, and the first plug P1H on the common gate electrode (G1) of TP1, TND1, and TND2 are connected by the first layer ( The second node wiring) M1B is connected. This first layer wiring M1B can correspond to the accumulation node B of FIG. Here, "one side" means a source ‧ a bungee region on the upper side in the figure.
並且,TND2,TND4的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1P,及TND1,TND3的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1Q會以第1層配線M1S來連接。此第1層配線M1S可與圖1的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 Further, the first plug P1P on the common source ‧th pole region of TND2 and TND4, and the first plug P1Q on the common source ‧thole region of TND1 and TND3 are connected by the first layer wiring M1S connection. The first layer wiring M1S can correspond to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 1, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
並且,在TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1R上配置有第1層配線M1D。此第1層配線M1D可與圖1的電源電位(VDD)對應,如後述般,與電源電位線(LVDD)連接。 Further, the first layer wiring M1D is disposed on the first plug P1R on the common source ‧ drain region of TP1 and TP2. The first layer wiring M1D can correspond to the power supply potential (VDD) of FIG. 1, and is connected to the power supply potential line (LVDD) as will be described later.
並且,在TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1S,及TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1T上分別配置有第1層配線M1BL。而且,TNA1的閘極電極(G2)上的第1插塞P1U,及TNA2的閘極電極(G4)上的第1插塞P1V會以第1層配線M1W來連接。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL is disposed on the first plug P1S on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 1 and the first plug P1T on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 2 . Further, the first plug P1U on the gate electrode (G2) of the TNA1 and the first plug P1V on the gate electrode (G4) of the TNA 2 are connected by the first layer wiring M1W.
上述複數的第1插塞P1間的第1層配線M1的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形。 The connection state of the first layer wiring M1 between the plurality of first plugs P1 is variously modified as long as it conforms to the state of the junction of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 1.
[P2,M2,P3,M3] [P2, M2, P3, M3]
如圖40所示般,在一邊參照上述圖39一邊說明的第1層配線M1之中,在與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)以外的第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2,更在其上部配置有第2層配線M2。 As shown in FIG. 40, the first layer wiring M1 described above with reference to FIG. 39 is the first layer other than the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the storage node (A or B). The second plug P2 is disposed on the layer wiring M1, and the second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the upper portion thereof.
具體而言,與TNA1的閘極電極(G2)及TNA2的閘極電極(G4)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。此第2層配線M2W是在記憶格區域的X方向的端部,被配置成延伸於Y方向。而且,在此第2層配線M2上配置有第3插塞P3,在此第3插塞P3上配置有延伸於X方向的第3層配線M3(WL)。此第3層配線M3(WL)是字元線。 Specifically, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G2) of the TNA 1 and the gate electrode (G4) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. The second layer wiring M2W is disposed at an end portion of the memory cell region in the X direction and is arranged to extend in the Y direction. Further, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2, and the third layer wiring M3 (WL) extending in the X direction is disposed on the third plug P3. This third layer wiring M3 (WL) is a word line.
並且,與TNA1的另一方的源極.汲極區域(P1S)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BL)連接。此第2層配線M2(BL)是位元線對的其中一位元線。 Also, with the source of the other side of TNA1. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the drain region (P1S) is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BL) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (BL) is one of the bit lines of the bit line pair.
與TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1T)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BL)連接。此第2層配線M2(/BL)是其他的位元線。該等2條的位元線(BL,/BL)是分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧ 汲 region (P1T) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BL) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (/BL) is another bit line. The two bit lines (BL, /BL) are respectively arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TND2,TND4的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1P)及TND1,TND3的共通的源極‧汲極區域 (P1Q)連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。此接地電位線是在2條的位元線(BL,/BL)間,被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Moreover, the common source ‧ bungee region of the common source ‧ bungee region (P1P) and TND1, TND3 of TND2, TND4 The first layer wiring M1S connected to (P1Q) is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. This ground potential line is arranged between the two bit lines (BL, /BL) to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1R)連接的第1層配線M1D是經由第2插塞來與第2層配線M2(LVDD)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是電源電位線。 Further, the first layer wiring M1D connected to the source ‧ drain region (P1R) common to TP1 and TP2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) via the second plug. This second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line.
上述第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的連接狀態是只要符合圖1所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形,但如前述般,藉由以第2層配線M2為主來延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線M3為主來延伸於X方向,可實現簡單的佈局。另外,在圖34~圖36中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向及Y方向,因此在記憶格陣列中,上述接地電位線(LVSS),位元線(BL,/BL),電源電位線(LVDD)是配置成延伸於Y方向,字元線(WL)是配置成延伸於X方向。 The connection state of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is variously deformed as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. In general, the second layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring M3 is mainly extended in the X direction, thereby achieving a simple layout. In addition, in FIG. 34 to FIG. 36, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, and thus is memorized. In the grid array, the ground potential line (LVSS), the bit line (BL, /BL), the power supply potential line (LVDD) are arranged to extend in the Y direction, and the word line (WL) is arranged to extend in the X direction.
並且,在本實施形態中,由於在位元線(BL,/BL)之間配置接地電位線(LVSS),因此會產生接地電位線(LVSS)的屏蔽效應,可降低位元線(BL,/BL)間的相互作用(串音雜訊) Further, in the present embodiment, since the ground potential line (LVSS) is disposed between the bit lines (BL, /BL), the shielding effect of the ground potential line (LVSS) is generated, and the bit line (BL, /BL) interaction (crosstalk noise)
而且,在本實施形態中,由於在記憶格區域中,在n 型阱(N-well)的一側配置p型阱(P-well),因此與實施形態6(圖34)的情況作比較,n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界區域會減少,可降低前述的阱近接效應。 Moreover, in the present embodiment, since in the memory cell area, The p-well is disposed on one side of the well (N-well), so compared with the case of Embodiment 6 (Fig. 34), the n-well and the p-well (P-well) The boundary area will be reduced, which can reduce the aforementioned well proximity effect.
另外,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖41。 In addition, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection states is shown. In Figure 41.
[記憶格陣列的構成] [Composition of memory array]
本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列是與實施形態1同樣配置成陣列狀。亦即,如在實施形態1中一邊參照圖12一邊說明那樣,記憶格區域(“F”)係對延伸於X方向的線,重複配置成線對稱,且對延伸於Y方向的線,重複配置成線對稱。 The memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment is arranged in an array in the same manner as in the first embodiment. That is, as described with reference to Fig. 12 in the first embodiment, the memory cell region ("F") is repeatedly arranged in line symmetry with respect to the line extending in the X direction, and is repeated for the line extending in the Y direction. Configured to be line symmetrical.
[連接單元區域的說明] [Description of Connection Unit Area]
並且,在本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列中,與實施形態1同樣,設有連接單元區域。經由連接單元區域來對各阱供給預定的電位(例如接地電位VSS或電源電位VDD)。 Further, in the memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, a connection unit region is provided. Each well is supplied with a predetermined potential (for example, a ground potential VSS or a power supply potential VDD) via the connection unit region.
本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格陣列是與實施形態1(圖15)同樣具有連接單元(F’)。此連接單元(F’)是被配置在Y方向所排列的各n個記憶格區域,對延伸於Y 方向的線,線對稱地在X方向重複配置。在圖15中是以「F’」來表示排列於X方向的複數個連接單元之中的一個連接單元。 The memory cell array of the SRAM of the present embodiment has a connection unit (F') similarly to the first embodiment (Fig. 15). The connecting unit (F') is arranged in each of the n memory cell regions arranged in the Y direction, and the pair extends to Y. The line of the direction is line-symmetrically arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 15, one of the plurality of connection units arranged in the X direction is indicated by "F'".
圖42及圖43是表示本實施形態的SRAM的連接單元(F’)的構成的平面圖。圖42是表示活性區域AcS,虛擬閘極電極DG,第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖43是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖42及圖43中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,圖中以一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1連接單元區域,例如被設定成與記憶格區域同大小。 Fig. 42 and Fig. 43 are plan views showing the configuration of the connection unit (F') of the SRAM of the embodiment. 42 is a view showing the arrangement of the active region AcS, the dummy gate electrode DG, the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 43 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 42 and 43, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. In addition, the area of the rectangle surrounded by a dotted line in the figure indicates a 1-connected unit area, and is set to be the same size as the memory area, for example.
在記憶格區域中,延伸於Y方向的各阱(N-well,P-well)是在圖42所示的連接單元中也延伸於Y方向,且n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)會在X方向排列配置。 In the memory cell region, each well (N-well, P-well) extending in the Y direction extends in the Y direction in the connection unit shown in FIG. 42, and the n-well and the p-type The wells (P-well) are arranged in the X direction.
並且,在連接單元區域上設有給電用的活性區域AcS,2個的活性區域AcS會在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(AcS)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。 Further, the active region AcS for power supply is provided in the connection unit region, and the two active regions AcS are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (AcS) is a component separation region (STI).
具體而言,各活性區域AcS是各阱(P-well,N-well)的露出區域,在此是被形成在X方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。並且,2個的活性區域AcS是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Specifically, each active region AcS is an exposed region of each well (P-well, N-well), and is formed in a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the X direction. Further, the two active regions AcS are arranged on the same line extending in the X direction.
在圖中左側的p型阱(P-well)上的活性區域AcS上 配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVSS)。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是成為在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的接地電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVSS)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVSS)。此第3層配線M3(CVSS)是成為與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的共通接地電位線(圖43)。 On the active area AcS on the p-well on the left side of the figure The first plug P1 is disposed, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is disposed on the second plug P2. The second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVSS) is a common ground potential line that is connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 43).
在圖中左側的n型阱(N-well)上的活性區域AcS上配置有第1插塞P1,在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1。並且,在第1層配線M1上配置有第2插塞P2。在此第2插塞P2上配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是成為在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的電源電位線。而且,在連接單元區域中,在第2層配線M2(LVDD)上配置有第3插塞P3,在其上部配置有第3層配線M3(CVDD)。此第3層配線M3(CVDD)是與排列於X方向的連接單元的各接地電位線連接的共通電源電位線(圖43)。 The first plug P1 is disposed on the active region AcS on the n-well on the left side of the figure, and the first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1. Further, the second plug P2 is disposed on the first layer wiring M1. The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed on the second plug P2. The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line described in the column of "pattern layout of the memory cell". Further, in the connection unit region, the third plug P3 is disposed on the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD), and the third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is disposed on the upper portion thereof. The third layer wiring M3 (CVDD) is a common power supply potential line connected to each ground potential line of the connection unit arranged in the X direction (FIG. 43).
另外,在連接單元區域上,延伸有在「記憶格的圖案佈局」的欄所說明的位元線(第2層配線M2(BL),第2層配線M2(/BL))(圖43)。 Further, in the connection unit area, the bit line (the second layer wiring M2 (BL), the second layer wiring M2 (/BL)) described in the column of the "pattern layout of the memory cell" is extended (FIG. 43). .
並且,如圖42所示般,在連接單元區域中,在元件分離區域STI上配置有延伸於X方向的虛擬閘極電極 DG。藉由如此設置虛擬閘極電極DG,閘極電極所造成的凹凸會規則性地重複,佈局的規則性會提升。其結果,可降低製造偏差等,可謀求裝置特性的提升。 Further, as shown in FIG. 42, in the connection unit region, a dummy gate electrode extending in the X direction is disposed on the element isolation region STI. DG. By thus setting the dummy gate electrode DG, the unevenness caused by the gate electrode is regularly repeated, and the regularity of the layout is improved. As a result, manufacturing variations and the like can be reduced, and the device characteristics can be improved.
在實施形態7所說明的記憶格中是將3個的活性區域以AN,AP1,AP2的順序來排列於X方向而配置(圖38),但亦可置換AP1及AP2的位置(參照圖44)。 In the memory cell described in the seventh embodiment, the three active regions are arranged in the X direction in the order of AN, AP1, and AP2 (FIG. 38), but the positions of AP1 and AP2 may be replaced (see FIG. 44). ).
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
圖44~圖46是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖44是表示活性區域(A),閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖45是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖46是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖44及圖45中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖45及圖46中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,以圖中的一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 44 to 46 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. 44 is a view showing the arrangement of the active region (A), the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. 45 is a view showing the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 46 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 44 and 45, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 45 and 46, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
如圖44所示般,在半導體基板中,n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖44中, 只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際如前述般,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此該等的阱(N-well,P-well)是成為延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,A)。 As shown in FIG. 44, in the semiconductor substrate, an n-well and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Figure 44, Only one (1-bit) memory cell area is displayed, but as described above, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to FIG. 12), so the wells (N-well, P-well) ) is to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, A).
並且,在半導體基板中,3個的活性區域會在X方向排列配置。與實施形態7的情況不同,在本實施形態中是以AN,AP2,AP1的順序來排列配置。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, three active regions are arranged side by side in the X direction. Unlike the case of the seventh embodiment, in the present embodiment, the arrangement is arranged in the order of AN, AP2, and AP1.
其他的構成(G,P1等)是與實施形態7同樣,因此省略其詳細的說明。並且,圖45及圖46所示的第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1,第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置也是與一邊參照圖39及圖40一邊說明的實施形態1的情況大致相同,因此省略其詳細的說明。 The other configurations (G, P1, etc.) are the same as those in the seventh embodiment, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted. Further, in the first plug P1 shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46, the arrangement of the first layer wiring M1, the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is also one side. The case of the first embodiment described with reference to Figs. 39 and 40 is substantially the same, and thus detailed description thereof will be omitted.
如此,本實施形態是在記憶格區域中,使線狀延伸於Y方向的活性區域AP1遠離n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界來配置。換言之,使配置有更多的電晶體的活性區域遠離上述境界來配置。藉此,n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界與活性區域AP1的距離會變大,可降低前述的阱近接效應。其結果,可使電晶體特性。 As described above, in the present embodiment, in the memory cell region, the active region AP1 extending linearly in the Y direction is disposed away from the boundary between the n-well and the p-well. In other words, the active area in which more transistors are disposed is disposed away from the above-described boundary. Thereby, the distance between the boundary of the n-well and the p-well and the active region AP1 becomes larger, and the aforementioned well-contact effect can be reduced. As a result, the transistor characteristics can be obtained.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TND2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND3,TNA2,TND4),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路 圖顯示於圖47。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TND2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND3, TNA2, TND4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and the circuit in which the connection states are indicated will be described. The figure is shown in Figure 47.
由此圖47亦可明確,電晶體TNA1及TNA2會遠離n型阱(N-well)與p型阱(P-well)的境界來配置(參照圖中的箭號)。 It can also be seen from Fig. 47 that the transistors TNA1 and TNA2 are arranged away from the boundary of the n-well and the p-well (see the arrows in the figure).
如此,可降低阱近接效應,使電晶體特性(例如,TNA1或TNA2的特性等)提升。 In this way, the well proximity effect can be reduced, and the transistor characteristics (for example, characteristics of TNA1 or TNA2, etc.) can be improved.
在本實施形態中是除了在實施形態1所詳細說明的效果以外,還可實現上述效果。 In the present embodiment, in addition to the effects described in detail in the first embodiment, the above effects can be achieved.
在實施形態1中是以所謂的單一埠(Single-Port)的SRAM(圖1)為例進行說明,但在本實施形態中是針對所謂的雙重埠(Dual-Port)的SRAM(圖48)的適用例來進行說明。 In the first embodiment, a so-called single-port SRAM (Fig. 1) will be described as an example. However, in the present embodiment, it is directed to a so-called dual-port SRAM (Fig. 48). The applicable examples are explained.
[電路構成] [circuit composition]
圖48是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。與在實施形態1中所說明的等效電路圖(圖1)不同,具有2對的位元線對(BLA及/BLA,BLB及/BLB)及2條的字元線(WLA,WLB)。 Fig. 48 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. Unlike the equivalent circuit diagram (FIG. 1) described in the first embodiment, there are two pairs of bit line pairs (BLA and /BLA, BLB and /BLB) and two word lines (WLA, WLB).
如圖48所示般,記憶格是被配置在上述2對的位元線與上述2條字元線WL的交叉部。此記憶格是具有:一對的載入電晶體(載入MOS,負荷用電晶體,負荷用MISFET)TP1,TP2,2對的存取電晶體(存取MOS,存 取用電晶體,存取MISFET,轉送用電晶體)TNA1及TNA3,TNA2及TNA4,及一對的驅動器電晶體(驅動器MOS,驅動用MISFET)TND2,TND4。 As shown in FIG. 48, the memory cell is disposed at the intersection of the two pairs of bit lines and the two word lines WL. This memory cell has a pair of load transistors (loading MOS, load transistor, load MISFET) TP1, TP2, 2 pairs of access transistors (access MOS, save The transistor is used to access the MISFET, the transfer transistor) TNA1 and TNA3, TNA2 and TNA4, and a pair of driver transistors (driver MOS, drive MISFET) TND2, TND4.
在此,本實施形態是具有與驅動器電晶體(驅動用MISFET)TND2並聯的驅動器電晶體TND1。並且,具有與驅動器電晶體(驅動用MISFET)TND4並聯的驅動器電晶體TND3。 Here, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor TND1 is provided in parallel with the driver transistor (drive MISFET) TND2. Further, the driver transistor TND3 is connected in parallel with the driver transistor (drive MISFET) TND4.
構成上述記憶格的電晶體之中,載入電晶體是p型(p通道型)的電晶體,存取電晶體及驅動器電晶體是n型(n通道型)的電晶體。 Among the transistors constituting the above memory cell, the loaded transistor is a p-type (p channel type) transistor, and the access transistor and the driver transistor are n-type (n channel type) transistors.
並且,在構成上述記憶格的上述8個電晶體之中,TND2及TP1是構成CMOS反相器,TND4及TP2是構成其他的CMOS反相器。該等一對的CMOS反相器的相互的輸出入端子(蓄積節點A,B)是被交叉結合,構成作為記憶1位元的資訊之資訊蓄積部的正反器電路。 Further, among the eight transistors constituting the memory cell, TND2 and TP1 constitute a CMOS inverter, and TND4 and TP2 constitute another CMOS inverter. The mutual input/output terminals (accumulation nodes A, B) of the pair of CMOS inverters are cross-coupled to form a flip-flop circuit as an information storage unit that stores information of one bit.
在此,本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格中是與TND2並列設有TND1,與TND4並列設有TND3,因此亦可視為以TND1,TND2及TP1來構成CMOS反相器,以TND3,TND4及TP2來構成其他的CMOS反相器。 Here, in the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment, TND1 is provided in parallel with TND2, and TND3 is provided in parallel with TND4. Therefore, it is also possible to form CMOS inverters with TND1, TND2, and TP1, and TND3, TND4, and TP2. To form other CMOS inverters.
因此,若詳述構成本實施形態的SRAM記憶格之10個的電晶體的連接關係,則如以下般。 Therefore, the connection relationship of the ten transistors constituting the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment will be described in detail as follows.
在電源電位(第1電位)與蓄積節點A之間連接有TP1,在蓄積節點A與接地電位(基準電位,比上述第1電位低的第2電位)之間並聯有TND1及TND2,且 TP1,TND1及TND2的閘極電極是被連接至蓄積節點B。 TP1 is connected between the power supply potential (first potential) and the accumulation node A, and TND1 and TND2 are connected in parallel between the storage node A and the ground potential (the reference potential, the second potential lower than the first potential), and The gate electrodes of TP1, TND1 and TND2 are connected to the accumulation node B.
在電源電位(第1電位)與蓄積節點B之間連接有TP2,在蓄積節點B與接地電位(基準電位,比上述第1電位低的第2電位)之間並聯有TND3及TND4,且TP2,TND3及TND4的閘極電極是被連接至蓄積節點A。 TP2 is connected between the power supply potential (first potential) and the accumulation node B, and TND3 and TND4 are connected in parallel between the storage node B and the ground potential (the reference potential, the second potential lower than the first potential), and TP2 The gate electrodes of TND3 and TND4 are connected to the accumulation node A.
在位元線BLA與蓄積節點A之間連接有TNA1,在位元線/BLA與蓄積節點B之間連接有TNA3,且TNA1及TNA3的閘極電極是被連接至字元線WLA(成為字元線)。 TNA1 is connected between the bit line BLA and the accumulation node A, TNA3 is connected between the bit line /BLA and the accumulation node B, and the gate electrodes of TNA1 and TNA3 are connected to the word line WLA (becomes a word) Yuan line).
並且,在位元線BLB與蓄積節點A之間連接有TNA2,在位元線/BLB與蓄積節點B之間連接有TNA4,且TNA2及TNA4的閘極電極是被連接至字元線WLB(成為字元線)。 Further, TNA2 is connected between the bit line BLB and the accumulation node A, TNA4 is connected between the bit line /BLB and the accumulation node B, and the gate electrodes of TNA2 and TNA4 are connected to the word line WLB ( Become a word line).
如此,在本實施形態的SRAM記憶格中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)而構成。 As described above, in the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment, the driver transistor is divided (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4).
如上述般,雙重埠(Dual-Port)的SRAM是設有2個資料的輸出入用的訊號的出入口(埠),即使由一方的埠讀出資料,還是可同時由另一方的埠寫入資料,可高速地進行資料的處理。 As described above, the dual-port SRAM is an entrance/exit (埠) for the signal for input and output of two data, and even if the data is read by one of the files, it can be simultaneously written by the other party. Data can be processed at high speed.
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖49~圖51是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖49是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G及 第1插塞P1的配置。圖50是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖51是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖49及圖50中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖50及圖51中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,以圖中的一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 49 to 51 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. Figure 49 is a diagram showing the active region Ac, the gate electrode G and The configuration of the first plug P1. FIG. 50 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 51 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 49 and 50, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 50 and 51, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
[Ac,G,P1] [Ac, G, P1]
如圖49所示般,在半導體基板中,p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖49中,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際如後述般,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此該等的阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是成為延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,Ac)。 As shown in FIG. 49, in the semiconductor substrate, a p-well, an n-well, and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 49, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (see Fig. 12), and thus the wells (P- Well, N-well, P-well) is to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, Ac).
並且,在半導體基板中,6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(Ac)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,以元件分離區域(STI)來區劃活性區域(Ac)。並且,上述各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well) 是以元件分離區域STI的下部來聯繫。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4) are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (Ac) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, the active region (Ac) is distinguished by a component separation region (STI). And, each of the above wells (P-well, N-well, P-well) It is associated with the lower portion of the element isolation region STI.
具體而言,活性區域AcP2是p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcP1是被配置在活性區域AcP2的旁邊,為p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在圖49中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置,因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AcP1及AcP2是線狀地延伸於Y方向。 Specifically, the active region AcP2 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcP1 is disposed adjacent to the active region AcP2 and is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) having a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. In addition, in FIG. 49, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, so in the memory cell array, the active area AcP1 And AcP2 extends linearly in the Y direction.
活性區域AcN1是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcN2是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 The active region AcN1 is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcN2 is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
活性區域AcP3是位於上述n型阱的圖中右側的p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。活性區域AcP4是被配置在活性區域AcP3的旁邊,為上述p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AcP3及AcP4是線狀地延伸於Y方向。 The active region AcP3 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) located on the right side of the n-type well, and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. The active region AcP4 is disposed beside the active region AcP3 and is an exposed region of the p-well (P-well), and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction. Further, in the memory cell array, the active regions AcP3 and AcP4 extend linearly in the Y direction.
在上述6個的活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcN1,AcN2,AcP3,AcP4)上,閘極電極G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在上述「電路構成」的欄所說明的10個電晶體。 On the above six active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcN1, AcN2, AcP3, AcP4), the gate electrode G is extended by a gate insulating film (GO) so as to be able to pass through each active region in the X direction. The ten transistors described in the column of "Circuit Configuration" described above are constructed.
具體而言,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及 AcN1上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G1。藉此,在活性區域AcP2上配置有TND2,在活性區域AcP1上配置有TND1及在活性區域AcN1上配置有TP1,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcP1上,與上述共通的閘極電極G1並行,配置有閘極電極G2b。藉此,在活性區域AcP1上配置有TNA1,連接TNA1的源極‧汲極區域與TND1的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。並且,在活性區域AcP2上,與上述共通的閘極電極G1並行,配置有閘極電極G2a。藉此,在活性區域AcP2上配置有TNA2,連接TNA2的源極‧汲極區域與TND2的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 Specifically, to be able to pass through the active region AcP2, AcP1 and The common gate electrode G1 is configured in the manner of AcN1. Thereby, TND2 is disposed on the active region AcP2, TND1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and TP1 is disposed on the active region AcN1 to connect the gate electrodes (G). In the active region AcP1, a gate electrode G2b is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G1. Thereby, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AcP1, and the source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized). Further, in the active region AcP2, a gate electrode G2a is disposed in parallel with the common gate electrode G1. Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AcP2, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 2 are connected (combined).
並且,以能夠穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的方式配置有共通的閘極電極G3。藉此,在活性區域AcP4上配置有TND3,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TND4及在活性區域AcN2上配置有TP2,成為連接該等的閘極電極(G)。在活性區域AcP3上,與上述共通的閘極電極G3並行,配置有閘極電極G4b。藉此,在活性區域AcP3上配置有TNA4,連接TNA4的源極‧汲極區域與TND4的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。並且,在活性區域AcP4上,與上述共通的閘極電極G3並行,配置有閘極電極G4a。藉此,在活性區域AcP4上配置有TNA3,連接TNA3的源極‧汲極區域與TND3的源極‧汲極區域(被共通化)。 Further, a common gate electrode G3 is disposed so as to pass through the active regions AcP4, AcP3, and AcN2. Thereby, TND3 is disposed on the active region AcP4, TND4 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and TP2 is disposed on the active region AcN2, and the gate electrode (G) is connected to the active region AcN2. In the active region AcP3, a gate electrode G4b is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrode G3. Thereby, TNA4 is disposed on the active region AcP3, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 4 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 4 are connected (combined). Further, in the active region AcP4, a gate electrode G4a is disposed in parallel with the common gate electrode G3. Thereby, TNA3 is disposed on the active region AcP4, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 3 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (combined).
並且,上述6個的閘極電極G是各3個配置於同一線 上。具體而言,穿過活性區域AcP2,AcP1及AcN1上的共通的閘極電極G1及活性區域AcP3上的閘極電極G4b以及活性區域AcP4上的閘極電極G4a是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。穿過活性區域AcP4,AcP3及AcN2上的共通的閘極電極G3及活性區域AcP1上的閘極電極G2b以及活性區域AcP2上的閘極電極G2a是被配置在延伸於X方向的同一線上。 Further, each of the six gate electrodes G is arranged on the same line. on. Specifically, the common gate electrode G1 passing through the active region AcP2, AcP1 and AcN1, and the gate electrode G4b on the active region AcP3 and the gate electrode G4a on the active region AcP4 are disposed in the X direction. On the same line. The common gate electrode G3 across the active region AcP4, AcP3 and AcN2, and the gate electrode G2b on the active region AcP1 and the gate electrode G2a on the active region AcP2 are disposed on the same line extending in the X direction.
如此,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置在相異的活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度會提升。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor division (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) is disposed in the different active regions (AcP2 and AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3). Further, by extending the active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3) in the Y direction, the layout becomes simple and the processing accuracy is improved.
因此,與實施形態1同樣,在活性區域(Ac)的形狀不設角部(彎曲部),可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 Therefore, similarly to the first embodiment, the shape of the active region (Ac) is not provided with a corner portion (bending portion), and the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor can be easily made 1:2.
並且,在上述活性區域(AcP2,AcP1,AcP4,AcP3)中配置存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2,TNA3,TNA4),因此可減少活性區域的個數。藉此,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, since the access transistors (TNA1, TNA2, TNA3, and TNA4) are disposed in the active regions (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3), the number of active regions can be reduced. Thereby, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(Ac)延伸於Y方向,可使閘極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(Ac)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。尤其是如在實施形態1詳細說明那樣,多重曝光技術的採用變得容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。並且,模擬模式作成變得 容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 Further, by extending the active region (Ac) in the Y direction, the gate electrode (G) can be extended in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (Ac) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be achieved. Upgrade. In particular, as described in detail in the first embodiment, the use of the multiple exposure technique is facilitated, and the processing accuracy can be improved. And, the simulation mode is made to become Easy, it can improve the inspection accuracy.
[P1,M1,P2] [P1, M1, P2]
如圖50所示般,在一邊參照上述圖49一邊說明的10個電晶體(TND2,TNA2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND4,TNA4,TND3,TNA3)的源極‧汲極區域上配置有第1插塞P1。並且,在一邊參照上述圖49一邊說明的6個閘極電極上也配置有第1插塞P1。 As shown in FIG. 50, the source and the ‧th pole region of the ten transistors (TND2, TNA2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND4, TNA4, TND3, TNA3) described with reference to FIG. 49 described above are arranged. There is a first plug P1. Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the six gate electrodes described with reference to FIG. 49 described above.
在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1,謀求第1插塞P1間的電性連接。 The first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1, and the electrical connection between the first plugs P1 is achieved.
具體而言,TND2,TNA2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1a,及TND1,TNA1的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1b,及TP1的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1c,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極G3上的第1插塞P1d會以第1層配線(第1節點配線)M1A來連接。此第1層配線M1A可與圖48的蓄積節點A對應。上述“一方的”是表示圖中的上側的源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, the common plug of the TND2 and the TNA2 is the first plug P1a on the ‧th pole region, and the first plug P1b on the common source ‧thole region of TND1 and TNA1, and one of the TP1 The first plug P1c on the source ‧thole region and the first plug P1d on the common gate electrode G3 of TP2, TND3, and TND4 are connected by the first layer wiring (first node wiring) M1A. This first layer wiring M1A can correspond to the accumulation node A of FIG. The above "one side" is a source ‧ a bungee region on the upper side in the figure.
TND3,TNA3的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1e,及TND4,TNA4的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1f,及TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1g,及TP1,TND1,TND2的共通的閘極電極G上的第1插塞P1h會以第1層配線M1B來連接。此第1層配線M1B可與圖48的蓄積節點B對應。與上述蓄積節點(A 或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)主要是被配置成延伸於X方向。在此的“一方的”是表示圖中的下側的源極‧汲極區域。 TND3, the common source of the TNA3, the first plug P1e on the ‧th pole region, and the common source of the TND4, TNA4, the first plug P1f on the 汲polar region, and the source of one of the TP2 The first plug P1g on the pole region and the first plug P1h on the common gate electrode G of TP1, TND1, and TND2 are connected by the first layer wiring M1B. This first layer wiring M1B can correspond to the accumulation node B of FIG. With the above accumulation node (A Or B) the corresponding first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) is mainly arranged to extend in the X direction. Here, "one side" means a source ‧ a bungee region on the lower side in the drawing.
並且,TND2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1j,及TND1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1i會以第1層配線M1S來連接。此第1層配線M1S可與圖48的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 Further, the first plug P1j on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 2 and the first plug P1 i on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 1 are connected by the first layer wiring M1S. The first layer wiring M1S can correspond to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 48, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
TND3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1k,及TND4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1m會以第1層配線M1S來連接。此第1層配線M1S可與圖48的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 The first plug P1k on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 3 and the first plug P1 m on the other source ‧ drain region of the TND 4 are connected by the first layer wiring M1S. The first layer wiring M1S can correspond to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 48, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
並且,在TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1t,TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1n,及TP1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1o上分別配置有第1層配線M1(M1BL,M1D)。而且,在TNA3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1u,TNA4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1p,及TP2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1q上分別配置有第1層配線M1(M1BL,M1D)。 Further, the first plug P1t on the other source ‧th pole region of the TNA 2, the first plug P1n on the other source ‧th pole region of the TNA1, and the other source of the TP1 The first layer wiring M1 (M1BL, M1D) is disposed on the first plug P1o on the drain region. Further, the first plug P1u on the other source ‧th pole region of the TNA3, the first plug P1p on the other source ‧thole region of the TNA4, and the other source of the TP2 The first layer wiring M1 (M1BL, M1D) is disposed on the first plug P1q on the drain region.
並且,在TNA2的閘極電極(G2a)上的第1插塞P1r,TNA1的閘極電極(G2b)上的第1插塞P1v,TNA4的閘極電極(G4b)上的第1插塞P1w,及TNA3的閘極 電極(G4a)上的第1插塞P1s上分別配置有第1層配線M1W。 Further, the first plug P1r on the gate electrode (G2a) of the TNA2, the first plug P1v on the gate electrode (G2b) of the TNA1, and the first plug P1w on the gate electrode (G4b) of the TNA4 , and the gate of TNA3 The first layer wiring M1W is disposed on each of the first plugs P1s on the electrode (G4a).
上述複數的第1插塞P1間的第1層配線M1的連接狀態是只要符合圖48所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形。 The connection state of the first layer wiring M1 between the plurality of first plugs P1 is variously modified as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG.
[P2,M2,P3,M3] [P2, M2, P3, M3]
如圖51所示般,在一邊參照上述圖50一邊說明的第1層配線M1之中,在與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)以外的第1層配線M1(M1S,M1D,M1W,M1BL)上配置有第2插塞P2,更在其上部配置有第2層配線M2。 As shown in FIG. 51, the first layer wiring M1 described above with reference to FIG. 50 is the first layer other than the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the storage node (A or B). The second plug P2 is disposed on the layer wiring M1 (M1S, M1D, M1W, M1BL), and the second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the upper layer.
具體而言,與TNA2的閘極電極(G2a)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。並且,與TNA4的閘極電極(G4b)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2W是在記憶格區域中,分別配置成延伸於Y方向。而且,在該等2條的第2層配線M2W上,配置有第3插塞P3,且以能夠連接2個第3插塞P3的方式,在X方向配置有第3層配線M3(WLB)。此第3層配線M3(WLB)是字元線。 Specifically, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G2a) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. Further, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G4b) of the TNA 4 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2W are arranged in the memory cell region so as to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the third plug P3 is disposed on the two second layer wirings M2W, and the third layer wiring M3 (WLB) is disposed in the X direction so that the two third plugs P3 can be connected. . This third layer wiring M3 (WLB) is a word line.
與TNA3的閘極電極(G4a)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。並且,與TNA1的閘極電極(G2b)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由 第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2是在記憶格區域中,分別配置成延伸於Y方向。而且,在該等2條的第2層配線M2W上,配置有第3插塞P3,且以能夠連接2個第3插塞P3的方式,在X方向配置有第3層配線M3(WLA)。此第3層配線M3(WLA)是字元線。 The first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G4a) of the TNA 3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. Further, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrode (G2b) of the TNA 1 is via The second plug P2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W. The two second layer wirings M2 are arranged in the memory cell region so as to extend in the Y direction. In addition, the third plug P3 is disposed on the two second layer wirings M2W, and the third layer wiring M3 (WLA) is disposed in the X direction so that the two third plugs P3 can be connected. . This third layer wiring M3 (WLA) is a word line.
並且,與TND2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1j)及TND1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1i)連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。與TND4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1m)及TND3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1k)連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。 Further, the first layer wiring M1S connected to the other source ‧th pole region (P1j) of TND2 and the other source ‧thole region (P1i) of TND1 is via the second plug P2 and the second The layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is connected. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The first layer wiring M1S connected to the other source ‧th pole region (P1m) of TND4 and the other source ‧thole region (P1k) of TND3 is via the second plug P2 and the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) connection. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line.
並且,與TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1t)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BLB)連接。與TNA4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1p)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BLB)連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2BL(位元線(BLB,/BLB))是構成位元線對,分別配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1t) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BLB) via the second plug P2. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧th pole region (P1p) of the TNA 4 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BLB) via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2BL (bit lines (BLB, /BLB)) are constituting bit line pairs, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1n)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層 配線M2(BLA)連接。與TNA3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1u)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BLA)連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2(位元線(BLA,/BLA))是構成位元線對,分別配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1n) of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer via the second plug P2 Wiring M2 (BLA) connection. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧th pole region (P1u) of the TNA 3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BLA) via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2 (bit lines (BLA, /BLA)) are constituting bit line pairs, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,以能夠連接:與TP1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1o)連接的第1層配線M1D上的第2插塞P2,及與TP2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1q)連接的第1層配線M1D上的第2插塞P2之方式,配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是電源電位線。此電源電位線主要是延伸於Y方向,具有延伸於Y方向的線部,及由此線部來覆蓋上述第2插塞P2上的突起部。 Further, it is possible to connect the second plug P2 on the first layer wiring M1D connected to the other source ‧ the drain region (P1o) of the TP1, and the other source ‧ the drain region of the TP 2 ( P1q) The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed in such a manner as to connect the second plug P2 on the first layer wiring M1D. This second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line. The power supply potential line mainly extends in the Y direction and has a line portion extending in the Y direction, and the line portion covers the protrusion portion on the second plug P2.
上述第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的連接狀態是只要符合圖48所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形,但如前述般,藉由以第2層配線M2為主來延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線M3為主來延伸於X方向,可實現簡單的佈局。另外,在圖49~圖51中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向及Y方向,因此在記憶格陣列中,上述接地電位線(LVSS),位元線(BLA,/BLA,BLB,/BLB),電源電位線(LVDD)是配置成延伸於Y方向,字元線(WLA,WLB)是配置成延伸於X方向。 The connection state of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is variously modified as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 48. In general, the second layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring M3 is mainly extended in the X direction, thereby achieving a simple layout. In addition, in FIG. 49 to FIG. 51, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, and thus is memorized. In the grid array, the ground potential line (LVSS), the bit line (BLA, /BLA, BLB, /BLB), the power supply potential line (LVDD) are arranged to extend in the Y direction, and the word line (WLA, WLB) is Configured to extend in the X direction.
並且,在本實施形態中是將活性區域分割而配置(AcP2及AcP1,AcP4及AcP3),因此僅位於活性區域間的元件分離區域(STI)部分,驅動器電晶體(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4)的形成區域會變大,但可利用此區域,如上述般在第2層配線M2(與字元線連接的第2層配線M2W)間配置位元線或接地電位線(LVSS)。而且,在位元線間配置接地電位線(LVSS),因此會產生接地電位線(LVSS)的屏蔽效應,可降低位元線間的相互作用(串音雜訊)。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the active region is divided and disposed (AcP2, AcP1, AcP4, and AcP3), only the device isolation region (STI) portion between the active regions and the driver transistor (TND1 and TND2, TND3, and TND4) are provided. In the case where the formation region is large, the bit line or the ground potential line (LVSS) is disposed between the second layer wiring M2 (the second layer wiring M2W connected to the word line) as described above. Further, since the ground potential line (LVSS) is disposed between the bit lines, a shielding effect of the ground potential line (LVSS) is generated, and the interaction between the bit lines (crosstalk noise) can be reduced.
另外,一邊參照圖49~圖51一邊說明的各圖案是對記憶格區域的中心點配置成點對稱。 Further, each of the patterns described with reference to FIGS. 49 to 51 is arranged in point symmetry with respect to the center point of the memory cell region.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置10個的電晶體(TND2,TNA2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND4,TNA4,TND3,TNA3),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖52。 Further, for reference, 10 transistors (TND2, TNA2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND4, TNA4, TND3, TNA3) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and the connections are clearly indicated. A circuit diagram of the state is shown in Figure 52.
在實施形態9中是說明有關將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為電晶體2個份的長度之雙重埠(Dual-Port)的SRAM(圖48),但亦可將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為電晶體4個份的長度。在本實施形態中是說明有關將延伸於大略矩形的記憶格區域的Y方向的邊的長度設為電晶體4個份的長度之雙重埠(Dual-Port)的SRAM(圖53)。 In the ninth embodiment, a dual-port SRAM (Fig. 48) in which the length of the side of the Y-direction extending in the memory cell region of the substantially rectangular shape is set to be twice the length of the transistor is described. The length of the side in the Y direction extending through the substantially rectangular memory cell region can be set to be 4 lengths of the crystal. In the present embodiment, a dual-port SRAM (FIG. 53) in which the length of the side of the Y-direction extending in the memory cell region of the substantially rectangular shape is set to be four copies of the length of the transistor is described.
另外,本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的電路構成是與一邊參照圖48一邊說明的實施形態9的情況同樣。 The circuit configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the present embodiment is the same as that of the ninth embodiment described with reference to FIG.
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖53~圖55是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖53是表示活性區域A,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置。圖54是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖55是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖53及圖54中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖54及圖55中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,以圖中的一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 53 to 55 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. Fig. 53 shows the arrangement of the active region A, the gate electrode G, and the first plug P1. FIG. 54 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. 55 is a view showing the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 53 and 54, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 54 and 55, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
[A,G,P1] [A, G, P1]
如圖53所示般,在半導體基板中,p型阱(P-well),n型阱(N-well)及p型阱(P-well)是在X方向排列配置。在圖53中是只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此該等的阱(P-well,N-well,P- well)是形成延伸於Y方向。另外,該等的阱的露出區域會成為活性區域(主動區域,A)。 As shown in FIG. 53, in the semiconductor substrate, a p-well, an n-well, and a p-well are arranged in the X direction. In Fig. 53, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to Fig. 12), so the wells (P-well, N- Well, P- Well) is formed extending in the Y direction. In addition, the exposed regions of the wells become active regions (active regions, A).
並且,在半導體基板中,3個的活性區域(AP1,AN,AP2)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(A)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,以元件分離區域(STI)來區劃活性區域(A)。而且,上述各阱(P-well,N-well,P-well)是以元件分離區域STI的下部來聯繫。 Further, in the semiconductor substrate, three active regions (AP1, AN, AP2) are arranged side by side in the X direction. Between these active regions (A) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, the active region (A) is partitioned by a component separation region (STI). Further, each of the above wells (P-well, N-well, P-well) is associated with the lower portion of the element isolation region STI.
具體而言,活性區域AP1是p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在記憶格區域中是在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,在圖53中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但實際記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AP1是線狀地延伸於Y方向。 Specifically, the active region AP1 is an exposed region of a p-well, and is a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction in the memory cell region. In addition, in FIG. 53, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience, but the actual memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (refer to FIG. 12), and thus the memory cell array is used. The active region AP1 extends linearly in the Y direction.
活性區域AN是n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。 The active region AN is an exposed region of an n-well and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction.
活性區域AP2是位於上述n型阱的圖中右側之p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,在記憶格區域中是在Y方向具有長邊的大略矩形狀。另外,記憶格是在X方向及Y方向重複配置(參照圖12),因此在記憶格陣列中,活性區域AP1是線狀地延伸於Y方向。 The active region AP2 is an exposed region of a p-well (P-well) on the right side in the figure of the n-type well, and has a substantially rectangular shape having a long side in the Y direction in the memory cell region. Further, since the memory cells are repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction (see FIG. 12), in the memory cell array, the active region AP1 extends linearly in the Y direction.
在上述3個活性區域(AP1,AN,AP2)上,閘極電極G會隔著閘極絕緣膜(GO),以能夠在X方向穿過各活性區域的方式延伸,構成在實施形態9的「電路構成」 的欄所說明的10個電晶體。 In the three active regions (AP1, AN, AP2), the gate electrode G is extended so as to be able to pass through each active region in the X direction via the gate insulating film (GO), and is configured in the ninth embodiment. "circuit composition" The 10 transistors described in the column.
具體而言,以能夠橫過活性區域AP1,AN及AP2上的方式配置有2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)。藉此,在活性區域AP2上,TND2及TND4會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置,在活性區域AP1上,TND1及TND3會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置,而且,在活性區域AN上,TP1及TP2會共有源極‧汲極區域而串聯配置。並且,藉由一方的共通的閘極電極G3來連接TND1,TP1及TND2的閘極電極(G),藉由另一方的共通閘極電極G1來連接TND3,TP2及TND4的閘極電極(G)。該等的2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)是並行延伸於X方向而配置。 Specifically, two common gate electrodes (G1, G3) are disposed so as to be able to traverse the active regions AP1, AN, and AP2. Therefore, in the active region AP2, TND2 and TND4 share the source ‧thole region and are arranged in series. On the active region AP1, TND1 and TND3 share the source ‧thole region and are arranged in series, and in the active region On the AN, TP1 and TP2 will share the source ‧ 汲 region and be connected in series. Further, TND1, TP1 and TND2 gate electrodes (G) are connected by one common gate electrode G3, and TND3, TP2 and TND4 gate electrodes are connected by the other common gate electrode G1 (G). ). The two common gate electrodes (G1, G3) are arranged to extend in parallel in the X direction.
並且,在活性區域AP1上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)並行配置有一閘極電極G4b。藉此,在活性區域AP1上配置有TNA1,且TNA1的源極‧汲極區域與TND1的源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。而且,在活性區域AP1上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)並行配置有其他的閘極電極G2a。藉此,在活性區域AP1上配置有TNA3,且TNA3的源極‧汲極區域與TND3的源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。 Further, in the active region AP1, a gate electrode G4b is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes (G1, G3). Thereby, TNA1 is disposed on the active region AP1, and the source ‧thole region of TNA1 and the source ‧thole region of TND1 are connected (commonized). Further, in the active region AP1, another gate electrode G2a is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes (G1, G3). Thereby, TNA3 is disposed on the active region AP1, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 3 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 3 are connected (commonized).
並且,在活性區域AP2上,與上述個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)並行配置有一閘極電極G4a。藉此,在活性區域AP2上配置有TNA2,且TNA2的源極‧汲極區域與TND2的源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。而 且,在活性區域AP2上,與上述2個共通的閘極電極(G1,G3)並行配置有其他的閘極電極G2b。藉此,在活性區域AP2上配置有TNA4,且TNA4的源極‧汲極區域與TND4的源極‧汲極區域會被連接(被共通化)。 Further, on the active region AP2, a gate electrode G4a is disposed in parallel with the above-described common gate electrodes (G1, G3). Thereby, TNA2 is disposed on the active region AP2, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 2 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 2 are connected (commonized). and Further, in the active region AP2, another gate electrode G2b is disposed in parallel with the two common gate electrodes (G1, G3). Thereby, TNA4 is disposed on the active region AP2, and the source ‧thole region of the TNA 4 and the source ‧thole region of the TND 4 are connected (commonized).
如此,在本實施形態中是將驅動器電晶體分割(TND1及TND2,TND3及TND4),配置於不同的活性區域(AP1,AP2)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AP1,AP2)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度提升。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the driver transistor division (TND1, TND2, TND3, and TND4) is disposed on different active regions (AP1, AP2). Further, by extending the active regions (AP1, AP2) in the Y direction, the layout is simplified and the processing accuracy is improved.
因此,與實施形態1同樣,在活性區域(A)的形狀不設角部(彎曲部),可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 Therefore, similarly to the first embodiment, the shape of the active region (A) is not provided with a corner portion (bending portion), and the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor can be easily made 1:2.
又,由於將存取電晶體(TNA1,TNA2,TNA3,TNA4)也配置於上述活性區域(AP1,AP2),因此可減少活性區域的個數。藉此,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, since the access transistors (TNA1, TNA2, TNA3, TNA4) are also disposed in the active regions (AP1, AP2), the number of active regions can be reduced. Thereby, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(A)延伸於Y方向,可使閘極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(A)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。尤其是如在實施形態1詳細說明那樣,多重曝光技術的採用變得容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。並且,模擬模式作成變得容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 Further, by extending the active region (A) in the Y direction, the gate electrode (G) can be extended in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (A) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be achieved. Upgrade. In particular, as described in detail in the first embodiment, the use of the multiple exposure technique is facilitated, and the processing accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the simulation mode is made easy, and the inspection accuracy can be improved.
[P1,M1,P2] [P1, M1, P2]
如圖54所示般,在一邊參照上述圖53一邊說明的10個電晶體(TND2,TNA2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND4,TNA4,TND3,TNA3)的源極‧汲極區域上配置有第1插塞P1。並且,在一邊參照上述圖53一邊說明的6個閘極電極上也配置有第1插塞P1。 As shown in FIG. 54, the source ‧ the drain region of the ten transistors (TND2, TNA2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND4, TNA4, TND3, TNA3) described with reference to FIG. 53 described above is arranged. There is a first plug P1. Further, the first plug P1 is also disposed on the six gate electrodes described with reference to FIG. 53 described above.
在此第1插塞P1上配置有第1層配線M1,可謀求第1插塞P1間的電性連接。 The first layer wiring M1 is disposed on the first plug P1, and electrical connection between the first plugs P1 can be achieved.
具體而言,TNA2,TND2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1F,及TND1,TNA1的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1E,及TP1的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1G,及TP2,TND3,TND4的共通的閘極電極(G1)上的第1插塞P1H會以第1層配線(第1節點配線)M1A來連接。此第1層配線M1A可與圖48的蓄積節點A對應。上述“一方的”是表示圖中的上側的源極‧汲極區域。 Specifically, the first plug P1F on the common source ‧th pole region of TNA2 and TND2, and the first plug P1E on the common source ‧thole region of TND1 and TNA1, and one of TP1 The first plug P1G on the source ‧thole region, and the first plug P1H on the common gate electrode (G1) of TP2, TND3, and TND4 are connected by the first layer wiring (first node wiring) M1A connection. This first layer wiring M1A can correspond to the accumulation node A of FIG. The above "one side" is a source ‧ a bungee region on the upper side in the figure.
TNA3,TND3的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1B,及TND4,TNA4的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1A,及TP2的一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1C,及TP1,TND1,TND2的共通的閘極電極(G3)上的第1插塞P1D會以第1層配線(第2節點配線)M1B來連接。此第1層配線M1B可與圖48的蓄積節點B對應。在此的“一方的”是表示圖中的下側的源極‧汲極區域。 TNA3, the common source of the TND3, the first plug P1B on the 汲polar region, and the common source of the TND4, TNA4, the first plug P1A on the 汲polar region, and the source of one of the TP2 汲The first plug P1C in the polar region and the first plug P1D on the common gate electrode (G3) of TP1, TND1, and TND2 are connected by the first layer wiring (second node wiring) M1B. This first layer wiring M1B can correspond to the accumulation node B of FIG. Here, "one side" means a source ‧ a bungee region on the lower side in the drawing.
並且,在TND2及TND4的共通的源極‧汲極區域上 的第1插塞P1I上配置有第1層配線M1S。而且,在TND1及TND3的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1J上配置有第1層配線M1S。該等的第1層配線M1S是可與圖48的接地電位(VSS)對應,如後述般,與接地電位線(LVSS)連接。 And, on the common source ‧ bungee area of TND2 and TND4 The first layer wiring M1S is disposed on the first plug P1I. Further, the first layer wiring M1S is disposed on the first plug P1J on the common source ‧th pole region of the TND1 and the TND3. The first layer wiring M1S corresponds to the ground potential (VSS) of FIG. 48, and is connected to the ground potential line (LVSS) as will be described later.
並且,在TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1K上配置有第1層配線(焊墊區域)M1D。此第1層配線M1D是可與圖48的電源電位(VDD)對應,如後述般,與電源電位線(LVDD)連接。 Further, a first layer wiring (pad region) M1D is disposed on the first plug P1K on the common source ‧ drain region of TP1 and TP2. The first layer wiring M1D corresponds to the power supply potential (VDD) of FIG. 48, and is connected to the power supply potential line (LVDD) as will be described later.
並且,在TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1W,及TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1M上分別配置有第1層配線M1BL。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL is disposed on the first plug P1W on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 1 and the first plug P1M on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 2 .
並且,在TNA3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1L,及TNA4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域上的第1插塞P1X上分別配置有第1層配線M1BL。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL is disposed on the first plug P1L on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 3 and the first plug P1X on the other source ‧ drain region of the TNA 4 .
並且,以能夠連接TNA1的閘極電極(G4b)上的第1插塞P1Y及TNA3的閘極電極(G2a)上的第1插塞P1N之方式配置有第1層配線M1W。而且,以能夠連接TNA2的閘極電極(G4a)上的第1插塞P1O及TNA4的閘極電極(G2b)上的第1插塞P1Z之方式配置有第1層配線M1W。 Further, the first layer wiring M1W is disposed so that the first plug P1Y on the gate electrode (G4b) of the TNA1 and the first plug P1N on the gate electrode (G2a) of the TNA3 can be connected. Further, the first layer wiring M1W is disposed so that the first plug P1O on the gate electrode (G4a) of the TNA 2 and the first plug P1Z on the gate electrode (G2b) of the TNA 4 can be connected.
上述複數的第1插塞P1間的第1層配線M1的連接狀態是只要符合圖48所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形。 The connection state of the first layer wiring M1 between the plurality of first plugs P1 is variously modified as long as it conforms to the state of the wiring of the circuit diagram shown in FIG.
[P2,M2,P3,M3] [P2, M2, P3, M3]
如圖55所示般,在一邊參照上述圖54一邊說明的第1層配線M1之中,在與上述蓄積節點(A或B)對應的第1層配線M1(M1A,M1B)以外的第1層配線M1(M1S,M1D,M1W,M1BL)上配置有第2插塞P2,更在其上部配置有第2層配線M2。 As shown in FIG. 55, the first layer wiring M1 described above with reference to FIG. 54 is the first layer other than the first layer wiring M1 (M1A, M1B) corresponding to the storage node (A or B). The second plug P2 is disposed on the layer wiring M1 (M1S, M1D, M1W, M1BL), and the second layer wiring M2 is disposed on the upper layer.
具體而言,與TNA1及TNA3的閘極電極(G4b,G2a)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。在此第2層配線M2W上是經由第3插塞P3來配置有第3層配線M3(WLA)。此第3層配線M3(WLA)是字元線,延伸於X方向。並且,與TNA2及TNA4的閘極電極(G4a,G2b)連接的第1層配線M1W是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2W連接。在此第2層配線M2W上是經由第3插塞P3來配置有第3層配線M3(WLB)。此第3層配線M3(WLB)是字元線,延伸於X方向。 Specifically, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrodes (G4b, G2a) of TNA1 and TNA3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. In the second layer wiring M2W, the third layer wiring M3 (WLA) is disposed via the third plug P3. This third layer wiring M3 (WLA) is a word line extending in the X direction. Further, the first layer wiring M1W connected to the gate electrodes (G4a, G2b) of the TNA 2 and the TNA 4 is connected to the second layer wiring M2W via the second plug P2. In the second layer wiring M2W, the third layer wiring M3 (WLB) is disposed via the third plug P3. This third layer wiring M3 (WLB) is a word line extending in the X direction.
並且,與TND2及TND4的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1I)連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。與TND3及TND1的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1J)連接的第1層配線M1S是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(LVSS)連接。此第2層配線M2(LVSS)是接地電位線。該等2條的接地電位線是 分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1S connected to the source ‧thole region (P1I) common to TND2 and TND4 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The first layer wiring M1S connected to the source ‧thole region (P1J) common to TND3 and TND1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (LVSS) is a ground potential line. The two ground potential lines are They are respectively configured to extend in the Y direction.
並且,與TNA2的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1M)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BLB)連接。與TNA4的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1X)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BLB)連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2(位元線(BLB,/BLB)是構成位元線對,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1M) of the TNA 2 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BLB) via the second plug P2. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1X) of the TNA 4 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BLB) via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2 (bit lines (BLB, /BLB) are constituting bit line pairs, and are arranged to extend in the Y direction, respectively.
並且,與TNA1的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1W)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(BLA)連接。與TNA3的另一方的源極‧汲極區域(P1L)連接的第1層配線M1BL是經由第2插塞P2來與第2層配線M2(/BLA)連接。該等2條的第2層配線M2(位元線(BLA,/BLA))是構成位元線對,分別被配置成延伸於Y方向。 Further, the first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1W) of the TNA 1 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (BLA) via the second plug P2. The first layer wiring M1BL connected to the other source ‧thole region (P1L) of the TNA 3 is connected to the second layer wiring M2 (/BLA) via the second plug P2. The two second layer wirings M2 (bit lines (BLA, /BLA)) constitute a bit line pair and are arranged to extend in the Y direction.
並且,在與TP1及TP2的共通的源極‧汲極區域(P1K)連接的第1層配線M1D上是經由第2插塞P2來配置有第2層配線M2(LVDD)。此第2層配線M2(LVDD)是電源電位線。此電源電位線是延伸於Y方向。 In the first layer wiring M1D connected to the source ‧ 汲 region (P1K) common to TP1 and TP2, the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed via the second plug P2. This second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is a power supply potential line. This power supply potential line extends in the Y direction.
上述第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的連接狀態是只要符合圖48所示的電路圖的結線狀態,便可實施各種的變形,但但如前述般,藉由以第2層配線M2為主來延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線 M3為主來延伸於X方向,可實現簡單的佈局。另外,在圖53~圖55中,基於方便起見,只顯示1個(1位元)的記憶格區域,但如後述般,記憶格是被重複配置於X方向及Y方向,因此在記憶格陣列中,上述接地電位線(LVSS),位元線(BLA,/BLA,BLB,/BLB),電源電位線(LVDD)是配置成延伸於Y方向,字元線(WLA,WLB)是配置成延伸於X方向。 The connection state of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is as long as it conforms to the state of the junction of the circuit diagram shown in FIG. 48, but various modifications can be made. As described above, the third layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring is used. M3 is mainly extended in the X direction for simple layout. In addition, in FIG. 53 to FIG. 55, only one (1 bit) memory cell area is displayed for convenience. However, as will be described later, the memory cell is repeatedly arranged in the X direction and the Y direction, and thus is memorized. In the grid array, the ground potential line (LVSS), the bit line (BLA, /BLA, BLB, /BLB), the power supply potential line (LVDD) are arranged to extend in the Y direction, and the word line (WLA, WLB) is Configured to extend in the X direction.
並且,在本實施形態中,由於在第2層配線與位元線之間配置接地電位線(LVSS),因此會產生接地電位線(LVSS)的屏蔽效應,可降低配線間的相互作用(串音雜訊)。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the ground potential line (LVSS) is disposed between the second layer wiring and the bit line, the shielding effect of the ground potential line (LVSS) is generated, and the interaction between the wirings can be reduced. Tone noise).
另外,一邊參照圖53~圖55一邊說明的各圖案是對記憶格區域的中心點配置成點對稱。 Further, each of the patterns described with reference to FIGS. 53 to 55 is arranged in point symmetry with respect to the center point of the memory cell region.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置10個的電晶體(TND2,TNA2,TNA1,TND1,TP1,TP2,TND4,TNA4,TND3,TNA3),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖56。 Further, for reference, 10 transistors (TND2, TNA2, TNA1, TND1, TP1, TP2, TND4, TNA4, TND3, TNA3) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and the connections are clearly indicated. A circuit diagram of the state is shown in Figure 56.
有關SRAM的構造是使實施形態1(圖1)所示的各電晶體的導電型形成相反的電路也被提案。在本實施形態中是針對如此的電路構成的SRAM記憶格進行說明。 The structure of the SRAM is also proposed to form a circuit in which the conductivity types of the respective transistors shown in the first embodiment (FIG. 1) are reversed. In the present embodiment, an SRAM memory cell having such a circuit configuration will be described.
[電路構成] [circuit composition]
圖57是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的等效電路圖。如圖示般,記憶格是與實施形態1同樣具有8個的電晶體,但取代圖1所示的n型的電晶體(TNA1,TNA2,TND1,TND2,TND3,TND4),而使用p型的電晶體(TPA1,TPA2,TPD1,TPD2,TPD3,TPD4)。並且,取代圖1所示的p型的電晶體(TP1,TP2),而使用n型的電晶體(TN1,TN2)。 Fig. 57 is an equivalent circuit diagram showing a memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. As shown in the figure, the memory cell has eight transistors as in the first embodiment, but instead of the n-type transistors (TNA1, TNA2, TND1, TND2, TND3, TND4) shown in Fig. 1, the p-type is used. Transistors (TPA1, TPA2, TPD1, TPD2, TPD3, TPD4). Further, instead of the p-type transistor (TP1, TP2) shown in Fig. 1, an n-type transistor (TN1, TN2) is used.
如此,所被使用的電晶體的導電型會形成相反。 As such, the conductivity type of the transistor used will be reversed.
並且,p型(在此實施形態是第2導電型)的電晶體(TPA1,TPA2,TPD1,TPD2,TPD3,TPD4)是被連接於電源電位(VDD,在此實施形態是第2電源電位,與第2電源電位相異的電位,比第2電源電位高的電位)。 Further, the transistors (TPA1, TPA2, TPD1, TPD2, TPD3, TPD4) of the p-type (the second conductivity type in this embodiment) are connected to the power supply potential (VDD, and in this embodiment, the second power supply potential, A potential different from the second power supply potential is higher than the potential of the second power supply).
n型(在此實施形態是第1導電型)的電晶體(TN1,TN2)是被連接於接地電位(VSS,在此實施形態是第1電源電位)。 The transistor (TN1, TN2) of the n-type (the first conductivity type in this embodiment) is connected to the ground potential (VSS, which is the first power supply potential in this embodiment).
其他是與圖1所示的電路構成同樣,所以在此是省略各電晶體的詳細的連接關係。 Others are the same as the circuit configuration shown in FIG. 1, and therefore, the detailed connection relationship of each transistor is omitted here.
如此,在本實施形態的SRAM記憶格中也將驅動器電晶體分割(TPD1及TPD2,TPD3及TPD4)而構成。 As described above, in the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment, the driver transistor is also divided (TPD1, TPD2, TPD3, and TPD4).
[SRAM的構造] [Structure of SRAM]
[記憶格的構成] [Composition of memory]
圖58~圖60是表示本實施形態的SRAM的記憶格的構成的平面圖。圖58是表示活性區域Ac,閘極電極G及 第1插塞P1的配置。圖59是表示第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置。圖60是表示第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置。因此,在圖58及圖59中是以第1插塞P1為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。並且,在圖59及圖60中是以第2插塞P2為基準來疊合平面圖,藉此在各圖顯示的圖案的位置關係會明確。另外,以圖中的一點虛線所包圍的矩形的區域是表示1(1位元)的記憶格區域。 58 to 60 are plan views showing the configuration of the memory cell of the SRAM of the embodiment. Figure 58 is a diagram showing the active region Ac, the gate electrode G and The configuration of the first plug P1. FIG. 59 shows the arrangement of the first plug P1, the first layer wiring M1, and the second plug P2. FIG. 60 shows the arrangement of the second plug P2, the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3. Therefore, in FIGS. 58 and 59, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the first plug P1, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, in FIGS. 59 and 60, the plan view is superimposed on the basis of the second plug P2, whereby the positional relationship of the patterns displayed in the respective drawings is clear. Further, a rectangular area surrounded by a dotted line in the figure is a memory cell area indicating 1 (1 bit).
[記憶格的圖案佈局] [Memory grid layout]
如前述般,本實施形態的SRAM記憶格是使實施形態1(圖1)所示的各電晶體的導電型形成相反而構成者。因此,如圖58所示般,阱的導電型是與實施形態1(圖2)的情況相反。並且,6個的活性區域(AcN2,AcN1,AcP1,AcP2,AcN3,AcN4)是在X方向排列配置。該等的活性區域(Ac)之間是成為元件分離區域(STI)。換言之,以元件分離區域(STI)來區劃活性區域(Ac)。 As described above, the SRAM memory cell of the present embodiment is configured such that the conductivity type of each of the transistors shown in the first embodiment (FIG. 1) is reversed. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 58, the conductivity type of the well is opposite to that of the first embodiment (Fig. 2). Further, six active regions (AcN2, AcN1, AcP1, AcP2, AcN3, AcN4) are arranged in the X direction. Between these active regions (Ac) is a component separation region (STI). In other words, the active region (Ac) is distinguished by a component separation region (STI).
6個的活性區域(AcN2,AcN1,AcP1,AcP2,AcN3,AcN4)之中,AcN2,AcN1,AcN3,AcN4是成為n型阱(N-well)的露出區域,AcP1,AcP2是p型阱(P-well)的露出區域,除此以外是與實施形態1(圖2)的情況同樣的圖案配置。當然,被導入至活性區域(Ac)內的電晶體的源極‧汲極區域的雜質導電型是成相反。亦 即,n型阱(N-well)的露出區域之活性區域中的源極‧汲極區域的導電型是p型,p型阱(P-well)的露出區域之活性區域中的源極‧汲極區域的導電型是n型。 Among the six active regions (AcN2, AcN1, AcP1, AcP2, AcN3, AcN4), AcN2, AcN1, AcN3, AcN4 are exposed regions of the n-well, and AcP1 and AcP2 are p-type wells. The exposed area of the P-well is the same pattern arrangement as in the case of the first embodiment (FIG. 2). Of course, the impurity conductivity type of the source ‧thole region of the transistor introduced into the active region (Ac) is reversed. also That is, the conductivity type of the source ‧thole region in the active region of the exposed region of the n-well is the p-type, and the source in the active region of the exposed region of the p-well The conductivity type of the drain region is n-type.
並且,閘極電極G及第1插塞P1的配置是與實施形態1(圖2)同樣,因此省略其說明。而且,有關圖59所示的第1插塞P1,第1層配線M1及第2插塞P2的配置也是與實施形態1(圖3)同樣。又,有關圖60所示的第2插塞P2,第2層配線M2,第3插塞P3及第3層配線M3的配置也是除了取代實施形態1(圖4)的接地電位線(LVSS),而配置第2層配線M2(LVDD),取代第2層配線M2(LVDD),而配置第2層配線M2(LVDD)以外,與實施形態1(圖4)同樣,因此省略其說明。 Further, since the arrangement of the gate electrode G and the first plug P1 is the same as that of the first embodiment (FIG. 2), the description thereof will be omitted. Further, in the first plug P1 shown in FIG. 59, the arrangement of the first layer wiring M1 and the second plug P2 is also the same as that of the first embodiment (FIG. 3). Further, in the second plug P2 shown in FIG. 60, the arrangement of the second layer wiring M2, the third plug P3, and the third layer wiring M3 is also in place of the ground potential line (LVSS) in place of the first embodiment (FIG. 4). The second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed in the same manner as in the first embodiment (FIG. 4) except that the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD) is disposed instead of the second layer wiring M2 (LVDD), and thus the description thereof will be omitted.
如此,在本實施形態中也是與實施形態1同樣,將驅動器電晶體分割(TPD1及TPD2,TPD3及TPD4),配置於不同的活性區域(AcN2及AcN1,AcN4及AcN3)上。而且,藉由使該等的活性區域(AcN2及AcN1,AcN4及AcN3)延伸於Y方向,成為簡單的佈局,加工精度會提升。並且,也將存取電晶體(TPA1,TPA2)配置於該等的活性區域,因此可減少活性區域的個數。 As described above, in the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the driver transistor division (TPD1, TPD2, TPD3, and TPD4) is disposed in different active regions (AcN2, AcN1, AcN4, and AcN3). Further, by extending the active regions (AcN2 and AcN1, AcN4, and AcN3) in the Y direction, the layout becomes simple and the processing accuracy is improved. Further, since the access transistors (TPA1, TPA2) are also disposed in the active regions, the number of active regions can be reduced.
並且,可將驅動器電晶體(TPD1,TPD3)的驅動能力形成比存取電晶體(TPA1,TPA2)的驅動能力大。例如,藉由將上述活性區域(AcN2及AcN1,AcN4及AcN3)的寬(X方向的長度)設為1:1,可容易將存取電晶體的閘極寬與驅動器電晶體的閘極寬設為1:2。 Further, the driving ability of the driver transistor (TPD1, TPD3) can be made larger than that of the access transistor (TPA1, TPA2). For example, by setting the width (length in the X direction) of the active regions (AcN2 and AcN1, AcN4 and AcN3) to 1:1, it is easy to widen the gate width of the access transistor and the gate width of the driver transistor. Set to 1:2.
並且,藉由分割活性區域(TPD1及TPD2,TPD3及TPD4),可將各活性區域設為大略矩形狀。換言之,可設為不具上述角部(彎曲部)的形狀。因此,加工精度會提升,可使形成於活性區域(Ac)上的各電晶體的特性提升。而且,可降低製造偏差,使SRAM的記憶格陣列的動作特性提升。而且,可使製造良品率提升。 Further, by dividing the active regions (TPD1 and TPD2, TPD3 and TPD4), each active region can be formed into a substantially rectangular shape. In other words, it is possible to adopt a shape that does not have the above-described corner portion (bending portion). Therefore, the processing accuracy is improved, and the characteristics of the respective transistors formed on the active region (Ac) can be improved. Moreover, manufacturing variations can be reduced, and the operational characteristics of the memory cell array of the SRAM can be improved. Moreover, the manufacturing yield can be improved.
並且,在分割後的活性區域(TPD1及TPD2,TPD3及TPD4)的一方(圖58中是AcN1或AcN3),除了驅動器電晶體(TPD1,TPD3)以外,還配置存取電晶體(TPA1,TPA2),因此可減少活性區域的個數。藉此,更可實現簡單的佈局,可謀求記憶格區域的縮小化。 Further, in one of the divided active regions (TPD1, TPD2, TPD3, and TPD4) (AcN1 or AcN3 in FIG. 58), an access transistor (TPA1, TPA2) is disposed in addition to the driver transistor (TPD1, TPD3). ), thus reducing the number of active areas. Thereby, a simple layout can be realized, and the memory cell area can be reduced.
並且,藉由使活性區域(Ac)延伸於Y方向,可使閘極電極(G)延伸於X方向,不僅活性區域(Ac)的加工精度,還可使閘極電極(G)的加工精度提升。特別是如在施形態1詳細說明那樣,多重曝光技術的採用容易,可謀求加工精度的提升。而且,模擬模式作成容易,可使其檢驗精度提升。 Further, by extending the active region (Ac) in the Y direction, the gate electrode (G) can be extended in the X direction, and not only the processing accuracy of the active region (Ac) but also the processing accuracy of the gate electrode (G) can be achieved. Upgrade. In particular, as described in detail in the first embodiment, the multiple exposure technique is easy to use, and the processing accuracy can be improved. Moreover, the simulation mode is easy to make, and the inspection accuracy can be improved.
並且,與實施形態1同樣,藉由以第2層配線M2為主使延伸於Y方向,以第3層配線M3為主使延伸於X方向(圖60),可實現簡單的佈局。 In the same manner as in the first embodiment, the second layer wiring M2 is mainly extended in the Y direction, and the third layer wiring M3 is mainly extended in the X direction (FIG. 60), whereby a simple layout can be realized.
並且,在本實施形態中是將活性區域分割而配置(AcN2及AcN1,AcN4及AcN3),因此僅位於活性區域間的元件分離區域(STI)部分,驅動器電晶體(TPD1及TPD2,TPD3及TPD4)的形成區域會變大,但可利用 此區域來配置電源電位線(LVDD)。 Further, in the present embodiment, since the active region is divided and disposed (AcN2 and AcN1, AcN4 and AcN3), only the device isolation region (STI) portion between the active regions and the driver transistor (TPD1 and TPD2, TPD3, and TPD4) are provided. The formation area will become larger, but can be utilized This area is used to configure the power supply potential line (LVDD).
另外,一邊參照圖58~圖60一邊說明的各圖案是對記憶格區域的中心點配置成點對稱。 Further, each of the patterns described with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60 is arranged in point symmetry with respect to the center point of the memory cell region.
並且,供參考,對應於上述「記憶格的圖案佈局」來配置8個的電晶體(TPD2,TPA1,TPD1,TN1,TN2,TPD3,TPA2,TPD4),將明示該等的連接狀態的電路圖顯示於圖61。 Further, for reference, eight transistors (TPD2, TPA1, TPD1, TN1, TN2, TPD3, TPA2, TPD4) are arranged corresponding to the above-mentioned "pattern layout of the memory cell", and a circuit diagram showing the connection state is shown. In Figure 61.
使用上述實施形態中詳細說明的SRAM之半導體裝置(亦含半導體零件或電子機器等)並無限制,例如可裝入SoC(System-on-a-chip)或形成有包含微電腦的系統之半導體晶片。圖62是表示本實施形態的半導體晶片的佈局構成的圖。在圖62中,半導體晶片是具有CPU(Central Processing Unit),SRAM,及邏輯電路(LOGIC)。上述SRAM可使用前述單一埠的SRAM(SP-SRAM)或雙重埠的SRAM(DP-SRAM)。另外,除了SRAM以外,亦可為具有EEPROM(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory)等其他記憶元件的構成,且亦可內藏類比電路等。 The semiconductor device (including a semiconductor component or an electronic device, etc.) using the SRAM described in detail in the above embodiments is not limited, and for example, can be incorporated in a SoC (System-on-a-chip) or a semiconductor wafer in which a system including a microcomputer is formed. . Fig. 62 is a view showing the layout configuration of the semiconductor wafer of the embodiment. In FIG. 62, the semiconductor wafer has a CPU (Central Processing Unit), an SRAM, and a logic circuit (LOGIC). The above SRAM can use the aforementioned single-chip SRAM (SP-SRAM) or dual-turn SRAM (DP-SRAM). Further, in addition to the SRAM, other memory elements such as an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) may be used, and an analog circuit or the like may be incorporated.
CPU亦被稱為中央運算處理裝置,相當於電腦等的心臓部。此CPU是從記憶裝置讀出命令而解讀,根據此來進行多種多樣的運算或控制者。在此CPU的內部內藏有CPU核心(CPUcore),在該CPU核心的內部裝入有 SRAM。此CPU核心的內部的SRAM可使用高性能的SRAM,可適用實施形態1~11中所詳細說明的SRAM。當然,亦可在上述單一埠的SRAM(SP-SRAM)部或雙重埠的SRAM(DP-SRAM)使用實施形態1~11中所詳細說明的SRAM。 The CPU is also called a central processing unit, and is equivalent to a heart part of a computer or the like. This CPU is interpreted by reading a command from the memory device, and based on this, various calculations or controllers are performed. Inside this CPU, there is a CPU core (CPUcore) built in, and the inside of the CPU core is loaded with SRAM. The SRAM of the CPU core can use a high-performance SRAM, and the SRAM described in the first to eleventh embodiments can be applied. Of course, the SRAM described in the first to eleventh embodiments may be used in the above-described single SRAM (SP-SRAM) unit or dual-turn SRAM (DP-SRAM).
藉由如此將實施形態1~11說明的SRAM組裝於微電腦,可使微電腦的特性提升。 By assembling the SRAMs described in the first to eleventh embodiments to the microcomputer in this way, the characteristics of the microcomputer can be improved.
以上,根據實施形態1~11來具體說明本發明者的發明,但本發明並非限於上述實施形態,當然亦可在不脫離其主旨範圍內實施各種的變更。 The invention of the present invention has been described in detail above with reference to the embodiments 1 to 11. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described above, and various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
例如,在實施形態1等中是將活性區域(AcP1,AcP2等)設為大略矩形狀來說明,但在中間掩膜(曝光用光罩)上是即使為矩形狀,曝光及蝕刻後的圖案(實際的完成形狀)也不限於矩形狀(長方形)。例如圖63所示般,有角部圓弧化的情形。並且,圖案的寬有依場所而異的情況。即使是如此的情況,為了實現上述效果,本發明不是將圖63所示那樣的形狀者除外者。 For example, in the first embodiment, the active region (AcP1, AcP2, etc.) is roughly rectangular, but the intermediate mask (exposure mask) is a rectangular shape, and the pattern after exposure and etching is used. (The actual completed shape) is also not limited to a rectangular shape (rectangular shape). For example, as shown in Fig. 63, there is a case where the corner portion is rounded. Moreover, the width of the pattern varies depending on the place. Even in such a case, in order to achieve the above effects, the present invention is not intended to exclude the shape as shown in Fig. 63.
而且,各圖(例如圖2等)的閘極電極(G)是以矩形狀(長方形)來顯示,但在實際的完成形狀中,有時產生圓角,本發明亦包含如此的形狀。 Further, the gate electrode (G) of each of the figures (for example, FIG. 2 and the like) is displayed in a rectangular shape (rectangular shape), but in actual shape, a rounded corner may be formed, and the present invention also includes such a shape.
又,亦可組合上述實施形態的構成的一部分。例如,在實施形態1的圖案佈局(圖2)中,亦可適用實施形態5(圖30)的共用第1插塞SP1。並且,在實施形態1(圖2)的TP1及TP2中,亦可適用實施形態6(圖34) 的n型阱(N-well)的圖案。亦可適用共用第1插塞SP1。並且,在實施形態1的圖案佈局(圖2)中,亦可像實施形態7(圖38)那樣將p型阱(P-well)集中於一方配置。而且,有關使實施形態11的各電晶體的導電型形成相反的SRAM是在其他的實施形態的圖案佈局中也可適用。如此,本發明是在不脫離其要旨的範圍內實施各種的變更。 Further, a part of the configuration of the above embodiment may be combined. For example, in the pattern layout (Fig. 2) of the first embodiment, the common first plug SP1 of the fifth embodiment (Fig. 30) can be applied. Further, in TP1 and TP2 of the first embodiment (Fig. 2), the sixth embodiment (Fig. 34) can be applied. The pattern of the n-well. It is also applicable to the shared first plug SP1. Further, in the pattern layout (Fig. 2) of the first embodiment, the p-type wells (P-well) may be arranged in one place as in the seventh embodiment (Fig. 38). Further, the SRAM in which the conductivity types of the respective transistors of the eleventh embodiment are reversed is also applicable to the pattern layout of the other embodiment. As described above, the present invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
本發明是有關半導體裝置,特別是可適用於具有SRAM的半導體裝置。 The present invention relates to a semiconductor device, and is particularly applicable to a semiconductor device having an SRAM.
P-well‧‧‧p型阱 P-well‧‧‧p-type well
N-well‧‧‧n型阱 N-well‧‧n-type trap
P1(P1a~P1s)‧‧‧第1插塞 P1 (P1a~P1s)‧‧‧1st plug
AcP1~AcP4‧‧‧活性區域 AcP1~AcP4‧‧‧active area
TNA1、TNA2‧‧‧存取電晶體(電晶體) TNA1, TNA2‧‧‧ access transistor (transistor)
TND1~TND4‧‧‧驅動器電晶體(電晶體) TND1~TND4‧‧‧ drive transistor (transistor)
TP1、TP2‧‧‧載入電晶體(電晶體) TP1, TP2‧‧‧ loaded into the transistor (transistor)
AcN1、AcN2‧‧‧活性區域 AcN1, AcN2‧‧‧ active area
G(G1~G4)‧‧‧閘極電極 G(G1~G4)‧‧‧ gate electrode
A,B‧‧‧蓄積節點 A, B‧‧‧ accumulation node
Claims (5)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2011162953A JP5705053B2 (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2011-07-26 | Semiconductor device |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201635489A TW201635489A (en) | 2016-10-01 |
TWI587485B true TWI587485B (en) | 2017-06-11 |
Family
ID=46507872
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW105119952A TWI587485B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW101126633A TWI546938B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW106110846A TWI607550B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW107120818A TWI670829B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW106135133A TWI634644B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101126633A TWI546938B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW106110846A TWI607550B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW107120818A TWI670829B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
TW106135133A TWI634644B (en) | 2011-07-26 | 2012-07-24 | Semiconductor device |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (6) | US8957459B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2551905B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5705053B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20130012945A (en) |
CN (3) | CN107275327B (en) |
TW (5) | TWI587485B (en) |
Families Citing this family (54)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9424889B1 (en) * | 2015-02-04 | 2016-08-23 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Multiple-port SRAM device |
US8976573B2 (en) * | 2012-04-13 | 2015-03-10 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Apparatus for SRAM cells |
JP6056852B2 (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2017-01-11 | 株式会社ソシオネクスト | Semiconductor device |
CN104183268B (en) * | 2013-05-21 | 2017-11-03 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | SRAM structure |
JP6244699B2 (en) * | 2013-07-08 | 2017-12-13 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
US9257439B2 (en) * | 2014-02-27 | 2016-02-09 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Structure and method for FinFET SRAM |
KR102179035B1 (en) * | 2014-03-07 | 2020-11-16 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Semiconductor device |
JP2016004896A (en) * | 2014-06-17 | 2016-01-12 | マイクロン テクノロジー, インク. | Semiconductor device |
US9418728B2 (en) * | 2014-07-24 | 2016-08-16 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Dual-port static random-access memory cell |
CN104464810B (en) * | 2014-12-30 | 2017-06-30 | 上海华虹宏力半导体制造有限公司 | Memory and its erasing, programming and read method |
US10424575B2 (en) | 2015-03-26 | 2019-09-24 | Renesas Electronics Corporation | Semiconductor device |
US9793211B2 (en) | 2015-10-20 | 2017-10-17 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Dual power structure with connection pins |
DE102016115795B4 (en) | 2015-10-20 | 2023-10-19 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. Ltd. | DUAL POWER STRUCTURE WITH CONNECTION PINS AND METHOD FOR FORMING THE SAME |
JP6501695B2 (en) * | 2015-11-13 | 2019-04-17 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP2017108031A (en) * | 2015-12-11 | 2017-06-15 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
US9786647B1 (en) * | 2016-04-07 | 2017-10-10 | United Microelectronics Corp. | Semiconductor layout structure |
CN107799524B (en) | 2016-09-06 | 2020-10-09 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(北京)有限公司 | Semiconductor device, memory device and manufacturing method |
US11652067B2 (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2023-05-16 | Intel Corporation | Methods of forming substrate interconnect structures for enhanced thin seed conduction |
KR20180076842A (en) * | 2016-12-28 | 2018-07-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Sense amplifier having offset cancellation function |
CN108538807B (en) * | 2017-03-01 | 2020-09-08 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | Memory device |
TWI711159B (en) * | 2017-03-28 | 2020-11-21 | 聯華電子股份有限公司 | Semiconductor memory device |
US10490558B2 (en) * | 2017-05-31 | 2019-11-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reducing or avoiding mechanical stress in static random access memory (SRAM) strap cells |
US11737253B2 (en) | 2017-06-22 | 2023-08-22 | Intel Corporation | Uniform layouts for SRAM and register file bit cells |
KR102320047B1 (en) | 2017-07-05 | 2021-11-01 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Integrated circuit device and method of manufacturing the same |
US10672775B2 (en) | 2018-05-25 | 2020-06-02 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device having strap cell |
CN108878426B (en) * | 2018-06-04 | 2021-09-14 | 中国科学院上海微系统与信息技术研究所 | Static random access memory unit and manufacturing method thereof |
US10665673B2 (en) | 2018-06-28 | 2020-05-26 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Integrated circuit structure with non-gated well tap cell |
US10872190B2 (en) | 2018-07-16 | 2020-12-22 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Method and system for latch-up prevention |
TWI820090B (en) * | 2018-09-14 | 2023-11-01 | 日商鎧俠股份有限公司 | semiconductor memory device |
US10867641B2 (en) | 2018-09-14 | 2020-12-15 | Toshiba Memory Corporation | Data latch circuit and semiconductor memory device |
KR102621754B1 (en) * | 2018-11-27 | 2024-01-05 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Integrated circuit device including CMOS transistor |
US20200194459A1 (en) * | 2018-12-18 | 2020-06-18 | Vanguard International Semiconductor Corporation | Semiconductor devices and methods for fabricating the same |
CN109637414B (en) | 2018-12-28 | 2022-07-22 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Display panel driving circuit, driving method thereof and display device |
CN209401289U (en) | 2019-01-23 | 2019-09-17 | 北京京东方技术开发有限公司 | Driving unit, gate driving circuit, array substrate and display device |
JP7224979B2 (en) * | 2019-03-15 | 2023-02-20 | 株式会社東芝 | semiconductor equipment |
US10978460B2 (en) | 2019-04-15 | 2021-04-13 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor structure |
US11335397B2 (en) * | 2019-08-26 | 2022-05-17 | Stmicroelectronics International N.V. | High-density array, in memory computing |
CN110752210B (en) * | 2019-10-28 | 2022-05-27 | 上海华力集成电路制造有限公司 | Layout of dual-port SRAM, dual-port SRAM and manufacturing method thereof |
CN111129005B (en) * | 2019-12-25 | 2023-09-19 | 上海华力集成电路制造有限公司 | Layout structure of dual-port static random access memory unit |
WO2021153169A1 (en) * | 2020-01-27 | 2021-08-05 | 株式会社ソシオネクスト | Semiconductor storage device |
JPWO2021166645A1 (en) | 2020-02-19 | 2021-08-26 | ||
CN111341360B (en) * | 2020-02-20 | 2022-05-27 | 上海华力集成电路制造有限公司 | Dual-port SRAM |
US11521676B2 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2022-12-06 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | SRAM structure with asymmetric interconnection |
KR20220037011A (en) | 2020-09-16 | 2022-03-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Semiconductor device |
US11715732B2 (en) * | 2020-11-25 | 2023-08-01 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Semiconductor device having well contact diffusion region supplying well potential |
US11416666B1 (en) * | 2021-03-04 | 2022-08-16 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Integrated circuit and method for forming the same |
US11429774B1 (en) * | 2021-03-12 | 2022-08-30 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited | Variable width nano-sheet field-effect transistor cell structure |
CN115249689A (en) * | 2021-04-28 | 2022-10-28 | 长鑫存储技术有限公司 | Graphic unit structure and graphic array structure |
EP4216272A4 (en) * | 2021-04-28 | 2024-10-16 | Changxin Memory Tech Inc | Graphic unit structure and graphic array structure |
CN117322152A (en) * | 2021-05-12 | 2023-12-29 | 株式会社索思未来 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device with a plurality of semiconductor chips |
US20230013845A1 (en) * | 2021-07-16 | 2023-01-19 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Memory cell and method of manufacturing the same |
JP2023084419A (en) * | 2021-12-07 | 2023-06-19 | キオクシア株式会社 | semiconductor integrated circuit |
CN114864538A (en) * | 2022-05-07 | 2022-08-05 | 长鑫存储技术有限公司 | Semiconductor structure and chip |
CN117253451A (en) * | 2022-06-09 | 2023-12-19 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Pixel driving circuit, display panel, manufacturing method of display panel and display device |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080197419A1 (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-08-21 | Jhon-Jhy Liaw | Cell structure for dual port SRAM |
US20090016144A1 (en) * | 2007-07-12 | 2009-01-15 | Akira Masuo | Semiconductor memory device |
Family Cites Families (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5338963A (en) | 1993-04-05 | 1994-08-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Soft error immune CMOS static RAM cell |
JP4214428B2 (en) * | 1998-07-17 | 2009-01-28 | ソニー株式会社 | Semiconductor memory device |
JP4565700B2 (en) * | 1999-05-12 | 2010-10-20 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP4885365B2 (en) * | 2000-05-16 | 2012-02-29 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP2002036543A (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2002-02-05 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Ink jet recording head and method of manufacturing the same |
TW522546B (en) * | 2000-12-06 | 2003-03-01 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Semiconductor memory |
JP2002353413A (en) * | 2001-05-28 | 2002-12-06 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Semiconductor memory device |
JP2002359298A (en) * | 2001-05-31 | 2002-12-13 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Semiconductor storage device |
JP2005142289A (en) * | 2003-11-05 | 2005-06-02 | Toshiba Corp | Semiconductor storage device |
WO2005119763A1 (en) * | 2004-06-04 | 2005-12-15 | Nec Corporation | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP4881552B2 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2012-02-22 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor device |
JP4553185B2 (en) | 2004-09-15 | 2010-09-29 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Semiconductor integrated circuit device |
US7405994B2 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2008-07-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Dual port cell structure |
WO2007020694A1 (en) | 2005-08-18 | 2007-02-22 | Fujitsu Limited | Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing same |
US20090052262A1 (en) * | 2006-02-08 | 2009-02-26 | Koji Nii | Semiconductor memory device |
US7869262B2 (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2011-01-11 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Memory device with an asymmetric layout structure |
US20080212392A1 (en) * | 2007-03-02 | 2008-09-04 | Infineon Technologies | Multiple port mugfet sram |
JP4461154B2 (en) | 2007-05-15 | 2010-05-12 | 株式会社東芝 | Semiconductor device |
JP2009043304A (en) | 2007-08-06 | 2009-02-26 | Renesas Technology Corp | Semiconductor device |
CN101458720B (en) * | 2007-12-13 | 2010-09-29 | 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 | Method for reducing proximity effect of SRAM trap |
JP5386819B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2014-01-15 | 富士通セミコンダクター株式会社 | Semiconductor memory device |
US8737107B2 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2014-05-27 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Memory circuits and routing of conductive layers thereof |
US8315084B2 (en) * | 2010-03-10 | 2012-11-20 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Fully balanced dual-port memory cell |
US8183639B2 (en) * | 2010-10-07 | 2012-05-22 | Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. | Dual port static random access memory cell layout |
US8638592B2 (en) * | 2011-09-08 | 2014-01-28 | Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. | Dual port static random access memory cell |
-
2011
- 2011-07-26 JP JP2011162953A patent/JP5705053B2/en active Active
-
2012
- 2012-07-02 EP EP12174559.0A patent/EP2551905B1/en active Active
- 2012-07-24 TW TW105119952A patent/TWI587485B/en active
- 2012-07-24 TW TW101126633A patent/TWI546938B/en active
- 2012-07-24 TW TW106110846A patent/TWI607550B/en active
- 2012-07-24 TW TW107120818A patent/TWI670829B/en active
- 2012-07-24 TW TW106135133A patent/TWI634644B/en active
- 2012-07-25 CN CN201710312760.XA patent/CN107275327B/en active Active
- 2012-07-25 CN CN201710312912.6A patent/CN107195629B/en active Active
- 2012-07-25 CN CN201210265327.2A patent/CN102903719B/en active Active
- 2012-07-26 KR KR20120082034A patent/KR20130012945A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-07-26 US US13/559,461 patent/US8957459B2/en active Active
-
2014
- 2014-12-22 US US14/579,898 patent/US9196622B2/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-10-23 US US14/921,038 patent/US9385133B2/en active Active
-
2016
- 2016-05-26 US US15/165,651 patent/US9704873B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-06-07 US US15/616,633 patent/US10096608B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-09-06 US US16/123,396 patent/US10483268B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080197419A1 (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-08-21 | Jhon-Jhy Liaw | Cell structure for dual port SRAM |
US20090016144A1 (en) * | 2007-07-12 | 2009-01-15 | Akira Masuo | Semiconductor memory device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP2551905A2 (en) | 2013-01-30 |
CN107195629A (en) | 2017-09-22 |
TWI670829B (en) | 2019-09-01 |
US20160276352A1 (en) | 2016-09-22 |
US20190006375A1 (en) | 2019-01-03 |
JP5705053B2 (en) | 2015-04-22 |
EP2551905A3 (en) | 2013-06-26 |
TW201312733A (en) | 2013-03-16 |
US9196622B2 (en) | 2015-11-24 |
TW201727873A (en) | 2017-08-01 |
TW201635489A (en) | 2016-10-01 |
CN107195629B (en) | 2021-05-04 |
CN107275327A (en) | 2017-10-20 |
KR20130012945A (en) | 2013-02-05 |
US20170271344A1 (en) | 2017-09-21 |
JP2013026594A (en) | 2013-02-04 |
US10096608B2 (en) | 2018-10-09 |
US20160043091A1 (en) | 2016-02-11 |
TW201836122A (en) | 2018-10-01 |
US9385133B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 |
TWI634644B (en) | 2018-09-01 |
US9704873B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 |
TWI607550B (en) | 2017-12-01 |
CN102903719B (en) | 2017-05-31 |
US20150102421A1 (en) | 2015-04-16 |
US8957459B2 (en) | 2015-02-17 |
EP2551905B1 (en) | 2021-09-01 |
US10483268B2 (en) | 2019-11-19 |
TW201804600A (en) | 2018-02-01 |
CN102903719A (en) | 2013-01-30 |
TWI546938B (en) | 2016-08-21 |
CN107275327B (en) | 2021-08-24 |
US20130026580A1 (en) | 2013-01-31 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI587485B (en) | Semiconductor device | |
KR101884949B1 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
US8373235B2 (en) | Semiconductor memory device and production method therefor | |
US8169030B2 (en) | Semiconductor memory device and production method thereof | |
JP2004103851A (en) | Static semiconductor memory device | |
TW201618282A (en) | Semiconductor Device | |
JP2016146504A (en) | Semiconductor device and semiconductor chip | |
JP5917738B2 (en) | Semiconductor device and semiconductor chip | |
JP6586204B2 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
JP6383073B2 (en) | Semiconductor device |